en_tn/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	MRK	front	intro	r2f2			0		Introduction to the Gospel of Mark Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Mark Introduction (1:1-13) The ministry of Jesus in Galilee Early ministry (1:14-3:6) Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43) Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26) Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52) Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37) The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8) What is the Book of Mark about? The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles. How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Mark? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What were Jesus’ teaching methods? The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things: *The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being. *The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah. Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time? The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next. Sabbath/Sabbaths Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”. What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark? The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel. “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16) “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44) “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46) “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28) The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible. “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	MRK	1	intro	c6ep			0		Mark 1 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “You can make me clean” Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) “The kingdom of God is near” Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
4	MRK	1	1	kpq1	writing-newevent	ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This verse introduces the reader to the story of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5	MRK	1	1	i3bc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Son of God is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6	MRK	1	2	fc4t	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ	1		If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7	MRK	1	2	dglq	translate-names	Ἠσαΐᾳ	1		Isaiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8	MRK	1	2	gu7i	figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	before your face is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9	MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-yousingular	προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face … your way	Here, both of the words your refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
10	MRK	1	2	kl12	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	will prepare your way	That the messenger will prepare your way represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11	MRK	1	3	lkm3		φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,	1	The voice of one crying out in the wilderness	Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:”
12	MRK	1	3	cf0e	figs-synecdoche	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		a voice here is used to depict the person of the “messenger” from the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it “The voice of the messenger is crying out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13	MRK	1	3	v3n3	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight	Make ready the way of the Lord and make his paths straight mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
14	MRK	1	3	peh5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	Make ready the way of the Lord represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15	MRK	1	3	xlxd	figs-explicit	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	People prepare for the coming of Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16	MRK	1	3	yyk3	figs-extrainfo	Κυρίου	1		the Lord in this verse refers to Jesus the Messiah. Do not translate this as Jesus, as this would not reflect the quote well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
17	MRK	1	3	h8rt	figs-idiom	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν	1		The imagery of paths or the way is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
18	MRK	1	4	di1o	translate-names	Ἰωάννης	1		John is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19	MRK	1	4	s05n		καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		The baptism of repentance proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which were done to gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that the person was converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them so that they might follow God and turn from their former evil ways”
20	MRK	1	5	u9yg	figs-synecdoche	ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	The word region is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21	MRK	1	5	cf75	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	Here, the whole region and all the people are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
22	MRK	1	5	h8h7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And John was baptizing them in the Jordan River as there were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23	MRK	1	6	n3rk	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.	1		This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
24	MRK	1	6	u2io	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.	1		This description of John the Baptist would have reminded the readers of Elijah, who was a prophet in the Old Testament. John the Baptist is commonly associated with Elijah in the New Testament by Jesus (See John 1:21). You do not need to clarify this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
25	MRK	1	7	l7jd	writing-pronouns	ἐκήρυσσεν	1	he was proclaiming	The pronoun He is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26	MRK	1	7	g8fw	figs-explicit	κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie	To stoop down to untie someone’s sandal was the job of a servant. John is comparing himself to a servant, which is commonly look at as dirty and only for the lowest class. He did this to show how great Jesus is. His audience would have understood this at the time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a similar task which would be reserved for people of a lower class. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27	MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. In the same way that the people were cleansed by John’s baptism, they will be fully cleansed by the Holy Spirit when Jesus comes. If possible, use the same word for baptize here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28	MRK	1	8	r1j9	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
29	MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	And it happened that in those days marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
30	MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	You can state he was baptized by John in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31	MRK	1	9	zv8t	figs-go	ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
32	MRK	1	10	ci5n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος	1		It is important to note that Jesus saw the heavens opening up at the same Time as he was coming up out of the water. To make this more clear in your language you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time that Jesus was coming up out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
33	MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
34	MRK	1	10	stwh	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1		Immediately is a very common phrase in the book of Mark. It is used mostly to tell the reader that the event occurs directly after the previous event. Use a word in your own language that depicts this. This will be the only comment on the word immediately in the book of Mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
35	MRK	1	10	n8sg	figs-activepassive	εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς	1		If the passive would be misunderstood in your language, you can change it to the active. Alternate translation: “he saw God open the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
36	MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	Son is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his beloved Son because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
37	MRK	1	12	yv6v		τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”
38	MRK	1	13	k2kt	figs-activepassive	πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days Satan continued tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39	MRK	1	13	siu3		ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων	1	he was with	Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”
40	MRK	1	13	sojp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.	1		The angels were likely providing Jesus with his daily needs, such as food and water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41	MRK	1	14	q12s	figs-activepassive	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	after John was arrested	If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
42	MRK	1	14	o4oh	figs-extrainfo	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		The readers would have know that John was arrested because he rebuked Herod Antipas because of Herod’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
43	MRK	1	14	tmh9	grammar-connect-time-background	μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1		Mark is using this phrase as background information to set the scene for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
44	MRK	1	14	ys3b	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		It might be helpful for your readers to clarify that Jesus was returning to Galilee: Alternate translation: “Jesus returned to the Galilee district” or “Jesus went back to the district of Galilee” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
45	MRK	1	14	ns6b		κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	proclaiming the gospel	Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news”
46	MRK	1	15	i9a9	figs-explicit	πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The time has been fulfilled	This implicitly means the time when God will establish his kingdom, which many of the people would have understood. Alternate translation: “The expected time has come. God is about to establish his kingdom” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
47	MRK	1	15	kr53	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		the kingdom of God is a phrase that includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God. It also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is going to rule” or “God is about to begin His rule” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
48	MRK	1	16	z3j9	figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	casting a net into the sea	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49	MRK	1	16	xor6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς	1		The inserted phrase for they were fishermen explains the reason why they were casting their nets. They were casting their nets because that was their job. Alternate translation: “They were casting their nets because this was their job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
50	MRK	1	17	zui3	figs-idiom	δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	Come after me is an idiom which means to follow someone. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
51	MRK	1	17	mlc6	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you to become fishers of men	fishers of men means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use the Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
52	MRK	1	18	tnuc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ εὐθέως	1		See note on Mark 1:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
53	MRK	1	19	xl2m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα	1	were in the boat mending the nets	Assumed in this passage is that James and John’s net was torn from fishing. Oftentimes, nets get torn by rocks and sticks which are in the water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
54	MRK	1	20	zjz5	figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	having called them	It may be helpful to state clearly why Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	MRK	1	20	xo7n	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ εὐθὺς	1		See note on Mark 1:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
56	MRK	1	20	b2ci		ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	they went after him	Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus”
57	MRK	1	22	bsc9	figs-ellipsis	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes	The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If this would be misunderstood in you in you language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
58	MRK	1	22	e9gf	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.	1		Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
59	MRK	1	22	kmxf	figs-ellipsis	ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1		Alternate translation: “The people in the synagogue were amazed”
60	MRK	1	23	w7z2	figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1		The person with the unclean spirit enters the synagogue while Jesus is preaching. Make sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit entered the synagogue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
61	MRK	1	24	ra8g	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
62	MRK	1	24	qsig	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1		us here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
63	MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
64	MRK	1	28	hrbh	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If this would be misunderstood, you could clarify. Think of some ways in your language to say that a story spread to many people in your area. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65	MRK	1	29	ybs7	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
66	MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
67	MRK	1	30	vnp5	writing-background	πυρέσσουσα	1		A fever is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing.
68	MRK	1	31	bzd2	figs-events	ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός	1		Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, while it is happened in the opposite order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
69	MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-metaphor	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
70	MRK	1	31	i5br	figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	she started serving them	You may want to make explicit that she likely served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
71	MRK	1	32	h0y2	writing-background	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος	1		This phrase gives background information which helps the reader know when in the day this was occurring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
72	MRK	1	32	d1i7	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους	1	all those having sickness and those possessed by demons	The word all is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “A great number who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
73	MRK	1	33	grp2	figs-metonymy	ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν	1	the whole city was gathered together at the door	The word city is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
74	MRK	1	37	vgc7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε	1	Everyone is seeking you	The word Everyone is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
75	MRK	1	38	plm9	figs-exclusive	ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ	1	We may go elsewhere	“We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word We to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
76	MRK	1	38	z53z	figs-extrainfo	εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις	1		Which towns the surrounding towns are is clarifed in the following passages. Therefore you do not need to say here which towns these are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
77	MRK	1	39	lb9t	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.	1		Jesus’ preaching and casting out demons were happening simultaneously. They were not happening in any order necessarily. Make sure to emphasize that they were going on at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
78	MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went in all of Galilee	The words in all are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
79	MRK	1	40	i2af		ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν λέγων αὐτῷ	1	a leper was coming to him, begging him and kneeling down, was saying to him	“a leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said”
80	MRK	1	40	m4j7	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	If you may be willing, you are able to make me clean	In the first phrase, the words “to make me clean” are understood because they appear in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
81	MRK	1	41	l9jg	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Here the word moved is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
82	MRK	1	41	qjz4	figs-ellipsis	θέλω	1	I am willing	It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
83	MRK	1	43	iw7t			0	General Information:	The word him used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
84	MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85	MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	The word yourself here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
86	MRK	1	44	pdgt	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1		Moses is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
87	MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun them, if possible, in your language. This could be: (1) a testimony to the priests. (2) a testimony to the people of Israel.
88	MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely	Here, spread the word widely is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89	MRK	1	45	z363	figs-hyperbole	πάντοθεν	1	from all sides	The word all sides is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
90	MRK	2	intro	zhb5			0		Mark 2 General Notes Structure and Formatting Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12) Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14) The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17) Questions about fasting (2:18-22) Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28) Special concepts in this chapter “Sinners” When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Fasting and Feasting People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son (Mark 2:7). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant (Mark 2:25-26). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
91	MRK	2	1	ir5j	figs-activepassive	ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1	it was heard that he is at home	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
92	MRK	2	1	j6pa	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1		The author tells us that Jesus entered again to remind us that he has already bee in Capernaum (Mark 1:21). You could make this more explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
93	MRK	2	1	afvi	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1		There is some debate over whose house this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
94	MRK	2	3	c1vr		φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν	1	bringing a paralyzed man	“bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
95	MRK	2	3	s21g	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1		A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
96	MRK	2	4	v6ma		ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
97	MRK	2	4	ouxr	translate-unknown	κράβαττον	1		A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
98	MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99	MRK	2	5	hzg6	translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	Child	The word Child here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
100	MRK	2	5	lkd2	translate-kinship	καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ	1		Alternate translation: “Jesus saw that they believe in who He was, and that He was able to heal. Therefore, he said to the paralyzed man”
101	MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, hearts is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
102	MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	Why does this man speak this way?	The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
103	MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?	1	Who is able to forgive sins except God alone?	The scribes used this question to say that since only God is able to forgive sins, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
104	MRK	2	8	niy6		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	The word spirit is a metonym for his inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
105	MRK	2	8	h3zp	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
106	MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
107	MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word hearts is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
108	MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
109	MRK	2	10	g4jn		ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	“But so that you may know.” The word you refers to the scribes and the crowd.
110	MRK	2	10	jw9z	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
111	MRK	2	12	ki94		ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	in front of everyone	Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house”
112	MRK	2	13	ma6f	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	Connecting Statement:	This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
113	MRK	2	13	t2sc	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret. If this would be misunderstood, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Sea of Galilee” or “Lake of Gennesaret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
114	MRK	2	13	zecn	figs-go	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
115	MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Levi son of Alphaeus	Alphaeus was Levi’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
116	MRK	2	15	qf38	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	sinners	These are likely many of Levi’s coworkers and friends. Tax collectors were seen as thieves in the culture of that time, and they usually only associated with each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117	MRK	2	15	d2w2	figs-explicit	καὶ γίνεται κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1		This meal that they were eating was likely a feast that Levi hosted because Jesus had called Levi to follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
118	MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus”
119	MRK	2	15	zqcu	figs-hendiadys	καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
120	MRK	2	16	rwu1	figs-rquestion	οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
121	MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
122	MRK	2	17	ak1u	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness	Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
123	MRK	2	17	c62j	figs-irony	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1		Those who are sick are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The healthy are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
124	MRK	2	17	lh4l	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1		The words have a need of a physician are assumed in the second phrase. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
125	MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words “I came...to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
126	MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	They came refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
127	MRK	2	18	j1h2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες	1		This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128	MRK	2	18	y7bm	figs-explicit	καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες.	1		This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
129	MRK	2	19	eke3	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1	The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
130	MRK	2	19	tto6	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? ὅσον χρόνον ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ’ αὐτῶν, οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν.	1		Jesus refers to himself in verses 19 and 20 as a bridegroom (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
131	MRK	2	19	tiiz	figs-extrainfo	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1		Even though we know Jesus is talking about himself being the bridegroom, it is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
132	MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
133	MRK	2	20	y79o	figs-activepassive	τότε	1		then here shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, and then the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
134	MRK	2	21	v6xc	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment	When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135	MRK	2	21	vdza	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.	1		This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
136	MRK	2	22	fk15	figs-explicit	ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
137	MRK	2	22	dgcz	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1		In this phrase, it is assumed that new wine is being poured into fresh wineskins. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
138	MRK	2	23	jya1	figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	picking the heads of grain	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
139	MRK	2	23	k3pa	figs-explicit	τοὺς στάχυας	1	the heads of grain	The heads are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
140	MRK	2	24	h41a	figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?	1	Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths?	The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
141	MRK	2	24	bf8w	figs-exclamations	ἴδε	1	Look	“Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
142	MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
143	MRK	2	25	r14d	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ	1	Have you never read what David did	Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144	MRK	2	25	cjzx	figs-doublet	ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν	1		had need and hungry are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
145	MRK	2	26	y57j	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
146	MRK	2	26	wz3g	figs-metaphor	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
147	MRK	2	27	i374	figs-activepassive	τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο	1	The Sabbath was made for man	Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
148	MRK	2	27	u83s	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	man	man is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
149	MRK	2	27	v3mb	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		man is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
150	MRK	2	27	s2yd	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον	1	not man for the Sabbath	The words was made are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
151	MRK	2	28	wgwu	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου		1		Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title.
152	MRK	2	28	pwb5		Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) son of man is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”.
153	MRK	3	intro	x969			0		Mark 3 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Sabbath It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) “Blasphemy against the Spirit” No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. Brothers and Sisters Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
154	MRK	3	2	vr25	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would accuse him of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
155	MRK	3	2	q35x	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
156	MRK	3	3	nm6w		ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	in our midst	midst here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here”
157	MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill?	Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is lawful to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
158	MRK	3	4	i71v	figs-parallelism	ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill	Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil and Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
159	MRK	3	4	vz6c	figs-ellipsis	ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to save a life, or to kill	The phrase is it lawful is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
160	MRK	3	4	nut4	figs-metonymy	ψυχὴν	1	a life	This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
161	MRK	3	5	n4ep	figs-metaphor	τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1		hardness of heart is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness to do anything on the Sabbath—whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. Alternate Translation: “by their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
162	MRK	3	5	c3qe	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	You can state this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163	MRK	3	6	nvk1	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	the Herodians	This is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
164	MRK	3	8	bi1b		τῆς Ἰδουμαίας	1	Idumea	This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
165	MRK	3	8	mm5v	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίει	1	how much he was doing	This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
166	MRK	3	9	zu5e	figs-explicit	εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν	1	he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him	As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was because there were so many people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
167	MRK	3	10	e86s	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
168	MRK	3	10	ge71	figs-explicit	ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
169	MRK	3	10	qyyv	figs-metaphor	ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ	1		To press against someone means that they are drawing very close to them. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this would be misunderstood, think of a way in your language which this could be expressed. Alternate translation: “so a large number of people surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170	MRK	3	11	ca5i	figs-explicit	προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα	1	they were falling down before him and crying out, saying	Here, they refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
171	MRK	3	11	rpwx	figs-explicit	προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα	1		The spirits knew who Jesus is without Him telling them. This is because Jesus is God, and He is the one who created them. If readers would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation “they caused the people whom they controlled to fall down because of Jesus’ power, and they cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
172	MRK	3	11	xf41	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
173	MRK	3	13	fatx	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1		he goes up on the mountain does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
174	MRK	3	16	ywli	translate-textvariants	καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα	1		Some manuscripts do not include the words and he appointed the Twelve. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
175	MRK	3	16	i7tf	translate-names	καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1	To Simon, also he added the name Peter	Simon is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
176	MRK	3	16	bt0f	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1		In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
177	MRK	3	17	n4gy	figs-metaphor	ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς	1	the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder	Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178	MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	This note tells the reader that Judas Iscariot stood out from the rest of the Apostles, in that he later would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
179	MRK	3	20	jxr5		καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	And he is entering into a house	This is likely the same house which was mentioned previously. See note on 2:1
180	MRK	3	20	rq6k	figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	they are not able even to eat bread	The word bread represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
181	MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, they could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
182	MRK	3	21	mf5q	figs-idiom	ἐξέστη	1	He is out of his mind	This idiom describes how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
183	MRK	3	23	q8f3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν?	1	How is Satan able to cast out Satan?	Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
184	MRK	3	23	xb13	figs-synecdoche	Σατανᾶν	1		The name Satan is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom”, and not just him. If a reader would misunderstand this, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
185	MRK	3	24	j5sv	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη	1		Jesus uses this parable to show why scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people are not united, they will not be able to exist together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
186	MRK	3	24	b4z4	figs-synecdoche	ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ	1	if a kingdom might have been divided against itself	The word kingdom refers to the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
187	MRK	3	24	k3bz	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι	1	is not able to stand	This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
188	MRK	3	24	h7hr	figs-litotes	οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι	1	is not able to stand	You can state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
189	MRK	3	25	zcr1	figs-metonymy	οἰκία	1	a house	This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
190	MRK	3	25	dm6j	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι	1		This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
191	MRK	3	25	dlev	figs-parallelism	καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι	1		This parable is identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you can use one or the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
192	MRK	3	26	w7na	figs-rpronouns	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη	1	if Satan rose up against himself and was divided	The word himself is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
193	MRK	3	26	vif7	figs-parallelism	καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει	1		While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to keep it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
194	MRK	3	26	df2f	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει	1	he is not able to stand, but he has an end	This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure and has come to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195	MRK	3	27	mvr6	figs-parables	ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει.	1	he will plunder	This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
196	MRK	3	27	x9lk	figs-genericnoun	οὐδεὶς	1		This doe not refer to a specific person, but to people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
197	MRK	3	28	f6fq		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
198	MRK	3	28	p6sz	figs-idiom	τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	of the sons of men	Here, the phrase sons of men is an idiom which means the people. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
199	MRK	3	29	ips3	figs-genericnoun	ὃς δ’ ἂν	1		Whoever here does not refer to anyone, but is a generic word for a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
200	MRK	3	30	sfa2	figs-idiom	πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει	1	He has an unclean spirit	This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “an unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
201	MRK	3	31	gef8		καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Then his mother and his brothers come	Alternate Translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived”
202	MRK	3	33	qe8c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who are my mother and my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved These are people who belong to his spiritual family. He has not forgotten who his family members are. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may make it explicit. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you who I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
203	MRK	3	33	iu9r	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1		Jesus is using the words mother and brother here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
204	MRK	3	35	dr45	figs-genericnoun	ὃς	1	whoever may do … this is	whoever does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
205	MRK	3	35	yr9i	figs-metaphor	οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	this is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
206	MRK	4	intro	f5ua			0		Mark 4 General Notes Structure and formatting Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Parables The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
207	MRK	4	1	i95e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	the sea	Jesus like stepped into the boat because the crowd was so big that it would have very hard for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus stepped went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching better.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
208	MRK	4	2	h2a9		καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
209	MRK	4	3	vqh3	figs-parables	ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι	1	Listen! Behold, the sower	Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
210	MRK	4	4	si37	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	as he sowed, some fell beside the road	Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can explain using examples from how seeds are planted in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
211	MRK	4	5	wuw2		καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες	1		In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word other is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Other seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
212	MRK	4	6	z2el	figs-idiom	ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος	1		the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the day. If this would be misunderstood, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “when the sun got hotter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
213	MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	it was scorched	If your language does not do passive voice, you can change this to active. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
214	MRK	4	7	bw62		ἄλλο ἔπεσεν	1	choked it … it did not produce	See the note on verse 5
215	MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
216	MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	“thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
217	MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase has ears here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218	MRK	4	9	qxy4	figs-123person	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
219	MRK	4	10	u2nj		ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας	1	when he was alone	This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
220	MRK	4	11	t9ee	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν…δέδοται	1	To you has been given	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
221	MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	to those who are outside refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ inner circle. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they may look, but may not see	Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
223	MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so that they would not turn	“so that they would not turn to God.” Here, turn is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
224	MRK	4	13	xc29			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
225	MRK	4	13	qzt4		καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	“And Jesus said to his disciples”
226	MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? And how will you understand all the parables?	Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
227	MRK	4	14	zu7y		ὁ σπείρων	1	The sower	“The farmer who sows his seed”
228	MRK	4	14	rp6h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Here, the word represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the one who sows God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
229	MRK	4	14	xdaj	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον σπείρει	1	sows the word	Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
230	MRK	4	15	cy3i		οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	But these are the ones beside the road	“In some people, the word is like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
231	MRK	4	15	yf39		τὴν ὁδὸν	1	the road	“the path”
232	MRK	4	15	q5th		ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν	1	when they might have heard it	Here, it refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
233	MRK	4	16	ty3q	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ	1	These are the ones	“In some people the word is like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how in some people, the word acts like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234	MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And the roots of the young plants are not able to penetrate into them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
235	MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
236	MRK	4	17	l8xa	figs-explicit	γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1	tribulation or persecution having come because of the word	It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believed God’s message. Alternate translation: “when tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
237	MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	In this parable, to stumble means “to stop believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
238	MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	Jesus begins to explain how the effect of the word on some people is like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: “the response of other people is like the seeds that were sown among the thorns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
239	MRK	4	19	wa3k		αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	the cares of this age	“the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
240	MRK	4	19	jm32		ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	“the desires for riches”
241	MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	entering in choke the word	As Jesus continues to talk about people in whom the word is like the seeds that fell among the thorns, he explains what the desires and worries do to the word in their lives. Alternate translation: “enter in and choke God’s message in their lives like thorns choke young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
242	MRK	4	19	f4ip		ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	“the word does not produce a crop in them”
243	MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	Jesus begins to explain how in some people the word is like seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: “these are the ones in whom the word is like the seeds that were sown in the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
244	MRK	4	20	d3r7	figs-ellipsis	ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
245	MRK	4	20	tdwj	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
246	MRK	4	21	zzw7		καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	“And Jesus said to the crowd”
247	MRK	4	21	nn7e	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?	1	The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it?	This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
248	MRK	4	22	y5kn	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
249	MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον	1	nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened	“there is nothing that is hidden … there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
250	MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Mark 4:9. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
251	MRK	4	23	izg1	figs-123person	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Mark 4:9. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
252	MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
253	MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others. (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
254	MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
256	MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
257	MRK	4	26	r5n7	figs-simile	ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον	1	As a man who may throw his seed	Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who may throw his seed. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who sows his seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
258	MRK	4	27	y5m5		καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	he may sleep and may be awakened, night and day	This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: “he sleeps each night and gets up each day” or “he sleeps each night and gets up the next day”
259	MRK	4	27	c6jv		ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός	1	how, he himself does not know	“though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
260	MRK	4	28	diz5		χόρτον	1	the blade	the stalk or sprout
261	MRK	4	28	cew8		στάχυν	1	the ear	the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
262	MRK	4	29	ah9d	figs-metonymy	εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον	1	he immediately sends forth the sickle	Here, the sickle is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
263	MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
264	MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here the phrase has come is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
265	MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what the kingdom of God is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
266	MRK	4	31	w4l5		ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it may have been sown	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it”
267	MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	and it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
268	MRK	4	33	v2rp	figs-synecdoche	ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον	1	he was speaking the word to them	Here, word is a synecdoche for “message of God.” The word them refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
269	MRK	4	33	vhe5		καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1	just as they were able to hear	“and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
270	MRK	4	34	q2ht		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
271	MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he was explaining everything	Here, everything is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
272	MRK	4	35	qua2			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
273	MRK	4	35	hc5b		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
274	MRK	4	35	biy2		τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	“the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
275	MRK	4	37	at6u	figs-ellipsis	ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον	1	to already be filling the boat	It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
276	MRK	4	38	qy5l		τῇ πρύμνῃ	1	the stern	This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
277	MRK	4	38	xdm6		ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν	1	they wake him up	The word they refers to the disciples.
278	MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
279	MRK	4	38	qtb3	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	The word we includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
280	MRK	4	39	yym6	figs-doublet	σιώπα, πεφίμωσο	1	Be silent! Be still!	These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
281	MRK	4	39	ag41		γαλήνη μεγάλη	1	a great calm	“a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
282	MRK	4	40	h7n3		καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he said to them	“And Jesus said to his disciples”
283	MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν	1	Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
284	MRK	4	41	u8e1	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him?	The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
285	MRK	5	intro	lh25			0		Mark 5 General Notes Possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Talitha, koum” The words Talitha, koum (Mark 5:41) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
286	MRK	5	1	fix1			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
287	MRK	5	1	gt8a		ἦλθον	1	They came	The word They refers to Jesus and his disciples.
288	MRK	5	1	ahx8		τῆς θαλάσσης	1	the sea	This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
289	MRK	5	1	vsc7	translate-names	τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the Gerasenes	This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
290	MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is “controlled” or “possessed” by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “controlled by an unclean spirit” or “that an unclean spirit possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
291	MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
292	MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
293	MRK	5	4	fk7t		πέδαις	1	shackles	pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
294	MRK	5	4	tu2d	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	no one was strong enough to subdue him	The man was so strong that no one could subdue him. Alternate translation: “He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
295	MRK	5	4	gp74		αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	to subdue him	“to control him”
296	MRK	5	5	z9ah		κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις	1	cut himself with stones	Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
297	MRK	5	6	y6c2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν	1	And seeing Jesus from a distance	When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
298	MRK	5	6	pw4y		προσεκύνησεν	1	bowed down before	This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
299	MRK	5	7	ux6u	figs-events		0	General Information:	The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
300	MRK	5	7	tt7a		κράξας	1	crying out	“the unclean spirit, crying out”
301	MRK	5	7	ppu5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?	1	What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
302	MRK	5	7	q8c8		Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς	1	Jesus … may you not torment me	Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
303	MRK	5	7	kd19	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	Son of the Most High God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
304	MRK	5	7	p768		ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν	1	I beg you by God	Here the unclean spirit is swearing by God as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: “I beg you before God” or “I swear by God himself and beg you”
305	MRK	5	9	p6ye		ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν	1	he was asking him	“Jesus asked the unclean spirit”
306	MRK	5	9	h6ch	figs-metaphor	λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.	1	he says to him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.”	One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307	MRK	5	12	uk54		παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν	1	they begged him	“the unclean spirits begged Jesus”
308	MRK	5	13	iff6	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	he permitted them	It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
309	MRK	5	13	g3xx		ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	about 2,000—rushed down the steep hill into the sea, and drowned in the sea	You can make this a separate sentence: “rushed down the steep slope into the sea. There were about 2,000 pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
310	MRK	5	13	a28z	translate-numbers	ὡς δισχίλιοι	1	about 2,000	“about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
311	MRK	5	14	lt8x	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	You can state this clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the city and countryside. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
312	MRK	5	15	qih4		τὸν λεγεῶνα	1	the Legion	This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in Mark 5:9.
313	MRK	5	15	fb4b	figs-idiom	σωφρονοῦντα	1	being in his right mind	This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
314	MRK	5	15	yv69		ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they became afraid	The word they refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
315	MRK	5	16	t4ez		οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο	1	those who had seen how it happened	“the people who had witnessed what had happened”
316	MRK	5	18	mwg9		ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς	1	the one who had been demon-possessed	Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been demon-possessed”
317	MRK	5	19	e21m	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν	1	But he did not permit him	You can state clearly what Jesus did not allow the man to do. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
318	MRK	5	20	g8ed	translate-names	τῇ Δεκαπόλει	1	the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
319	MRK	5	20	y8vn	figs-ellipsis	πάντες ἐθαύμαζον	1	everyone was marvelling	It may be helpful to state why the people were marvelling. Alternate translation: “all the people who heard what the man said were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
320	MRK	5	21	wyl3			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
321	MRK	5	21	t3dc	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	It may be helpful to add information to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
322	MRK	5	21	lyt8		παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	beside the sea	“on the seashore” or “on the shore”
323	MRK	5	21	p4p7		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee.
324	MRK	5	22	v1dm	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
325	MRK	5	23	jd27		ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας	1	you may lay your hands	Here, lay your hands refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter.
326	MRK	5	23	kzz8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ	1	in order that she may be healed and she may live	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and heal her and make her live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
327	MRK	5	24	d7zg	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	And went with him	“So Jesus went with Jairus.” Jesus’ disciples also went with him. Alternate translation: “So Jesus and the disciples went with Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
328	MRK	5	24	jgg5		συνέθλιβον αὐτόν	1	was pressing around him	This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus.
329	MRK	5	25	rn7h			0	Connecting Statement:	While Jesus is on his way to heal the man’s little 12-year-old girl, a woman who has been sick for 12 years interrupts by touching Jesus for her healing.
330	MRK	5	25	e2cz	writing-participants	καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα	1	And a woman, being	This introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
331	MRK	5	25	h58w	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη	1	with a flow of blood for 12 years	The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
332	MRK	5	25	idh9	translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	for 12 years	“for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
333	MRK	5	26	vgh2		εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα	1	having become worse	“her sickness got worse” or “her bleeding increased”
334	MRK	5	27	z2hg	figs-explicit	τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the things about Jesus	She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
335	MRK	5	27	v7h8		τοῦ ἱματίου	1	cloak	outer garment or coat
336	MRK	5	28	wge2	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	I will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it will save me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
337	MRK	5	29	c1vz	figs-activepassive	ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος	1	she had been healed from the disease	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338	MRK	5	30	ma2b		τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν	1	his power had gone out from him	When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: “his healing power had healed the woman”
339	MRK	5	31	hb58		τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε	1	this crowd pressed in on you	This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in Mark 5:24.
340	MRK	5	33	yn9g		προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	“knelt down before him.” She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
341	MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	told him the whole truth	The phrase the whole truth refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
342	MRK	5	34	gbk8		θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
343	MRK	5	34	a5qw		ἡ πίστις σου	1	your faith	“your faith in me”
344	MRK	5	35	kmm7		ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	“While Jesus was still speaking”
345	MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
346	MRK	5	35	akl8		τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	the synagogue leader’s house	The leader of the synagogue is Jairus.
347	MRK	5	35	ip1p		λέγοντες	1	saying	“saying to Jairus”
348	MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
349	MRK	5	35	c5c1		τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	the teacher	This refers to Jesus.
350	MRK	5	36	zei3	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	You may want to combine verses 37 and 38 and reorder them to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
351	MRK	5	36	ge2r		μόνον πίστευε	1	Only believe	If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: “Just believe I can make you daughter live”
352	MRK	5	37	y884		οὐκ ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not permit	Jesus did not permit
353	MRK	5	37	ed49	figs-explicit	μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι	1	to accompany him	“to come with him.” It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: “to accompany him to Jairus’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
354	MRK	5	38	t154		θεωρεῖ	1	sees	Jesus saw
355	MRK	5	39	m7pu		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he says to them	“Jesus said to the people who were weeping”
356	MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?	1	Why are you upset and weeping?	Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
357	MRK	5	39	g83c		τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child has not died, but is sleeping	Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
358	MRK	5	40	jm38		κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	They were laughing at him	Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
359	MRK	5	40	tkl7		ἐκβαλὼν πάντας	1	having put them all outside	“having sent all the other people outside the house”
360	MRK	5	40	mi3u		τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	those with him	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
361	MRK	5	40	wca3	figs-explicit	εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	he enters where the child was	It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: “he went into the room where the child was lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
362	MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
363	MRK	5	42	pt5t	translate-numbers	ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	she was 12 years of age	“she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
364	MRK	5	43	i5ja	figs-quotations	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ	1	he strictly ordered them that no one should know about this, and	You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he ordered them strictly, ‘No one should know about this!’ Then” or “he ordered them strictly, ‘Do not tell anyone about what I have done!’ Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
365	MRK	5	43	ij1k		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ	1	he strictly ordered them	“he strongly commanded them”
366	MRK	5	43	n29k	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	and he told them to give her something to eat	You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
367	MRK	6	intro	kl7n			0		Mark 6 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Anointed with oil” In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
368	MRK	6	1	mi7z			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
369	MRK	6	1	mjr1		τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
370	MRK	6	2	y4xj		τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ	1	what is this wisdom that has been given to him?	This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that he has gained?”
371	MRK	6	2	s1xy		διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι	1	being done by his hands	This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works”
372	MRK	6	3	s3wl	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us?	These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
373	MRK	6	3	tlub	translate-names	Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος	1	James … Joses … Judas … Simon	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
374	MRK	6	4	ni6w		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the crowd”
375	MRK	6	4	l436	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ	1	A prophet is not without honor, except	This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
376	MRK	6	5	k9gh		ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας	1	having laid his hands on a few sick people, he healed them.	Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
377	MRK	6	7	w7qq	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
378	MRK	6	7	g5um			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
379	MRK	6	7	pmq4		προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he called the Twelve	Here the word called means that he summoned the Twelve to come to him.
380	MRK	6	7	d6sx	translate-numbers	δύο δύο	1	two by two	“2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
381	MRK	6	8	t9a2	figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἄρτον	1	no bread	Here, bread is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
382	MRK	6	10	wv9h		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	“Jesus said to the Twelve”
383	MRK	6	10	h31d	figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν	1	remain there until you may go away from there	Here, remain represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
384	MRK	6	11	b2kb	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	as a testimony against them	It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony against them. Alternate translation: “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
385	MRK	6	12	sqt2	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντες	1	having gone out	It may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “having gone out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
386	MRK	6	12	xtva		ἐκήρυξαν	1	they proclaimed	The word they refers to the Twelve and does not include Jesus.
387	MRK	6	13	i7eq	figs-ellipsis	δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον	1	they were casting out many demons	It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “they were casting many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
388	MRK	6	14	y69r			0	Connecting Statement:	When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
389	MRK	6	14	f9um		ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης	1	King Herod heard this	The word this refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
390	MRK	6	14	sc6s	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised	Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. You can state this more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
391	MRK	6	14	cb7p	figs-idiom	Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	John the Baptist has been raised	Here, raised is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
392	MRK	6	14	ly7z	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	John the Baptist has been raised	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
393	MRK	6	15	fgy3	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν	1	But others were saying, “He is Elijah.”	It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
394	MRK	6	16	bg3k	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
395	MRK	6	16	ym2w	figs-metonymy	ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	whom I beheaded	Here Herod uses the word I to refer to himself. The word I is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
396	MRK	6	16	n6nq	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397	MRK	6	17	vpr7	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison	You can state this clearly that Herod sent his soldiers to put John in prison. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
398	MRK	6	17	a5du		διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα	1	on account of Herodias	“because of Herodias”
399	MRK	6	17	sf6r	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the wife of his brother Philip	Herod’s brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
400	MRK	6	17	yn6x		ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν	1	because he married her	“because Herod had married her”
401	MRK	6	19	x35v	figs-metonymy	ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο	1	was wanting to kill him, but she was not able	Herodias is the subject of this phrase and she is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
402	MRK	6	20	k8wa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς	1	for Herod was fearing John, knowing	These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
403	MRK	6	20	fj95		εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον	1	knowing him to be a righteous and holy man	“because Herod knew that John was a righteous and holy man”
404	MRK	6	20	i5de		ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ	1	having heard him	“having listened to John”
405	MRK	6	21	xi2t	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
406	MRK	6	21	m54q	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials	Here, Herod is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
407	MRK	6	21	h5x9		τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον	1	his birthday dinner	a formal meal or banquet to celebrate his birthday
408	MRK	6	22	a1d7	figs-rpronouns	τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	the daughter of Herodias herself	The word herself is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
409	MRK	6	22	nir8		εἰσελθούσης	1	having entered	“having come into the room”
410	MRK	6	23	qr1w		ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου	1	Whatever you may ask of me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom	“I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it”
411	MRK	6	24	jky3		ἐξελθοῦσα	1	having gone out	“after she went out of the room”
412	MRK	6	25	ap2w		πίνακι	1	a platter	“a board” or “a large wooden dish”
413	MRK	6	26	c1gn	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους	1	because of his oath and those reclining at table with him	You can state clearly the content of the oath, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
414	MRK	6	28	k51v		ἐπὶ πίνακι	1	on a platter	“on a tray”
415	MRK	6	29	f3xg		ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples, having heard of this	“John’s disciples, having heard that this had happened”
416	MRK	6	30	gm4a			0	Connecting Statement:	After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
417	MRK	6	31	wu9z		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a desolate place	a place where there are no people
418	MRK	6	31	p1c9		ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί	1	those coming and those going were many	This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
419	MRK	6	31	a8q1		οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν	1	they were not even having opportunity	The word they refers to the apostles.
420	MRK	6	32	dp4l		καὶ ἀπῆλθον	1	And they went away	Here the word they includes both the apostles and Jesus.
421	MRK	6	33	x5un		εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί	1	many saw them leaving and recognized them	“many people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving and recognized them”
422	MRK	6	33	r1jh		πεζῇ	1	on foot	The people are going on foot by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
423	MRK	6	34	b7zp		εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον	1	he saw a great crowd	“Jesus saw a great crowd”
424	MRK	6	34	j1td	figs-simile	ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	they were like sheep not having a shepherd	Jesus compares the people to sheep who are confused when they do not have their shepherd to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
425	MRK	6	35	sei9	figs-idiom	καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης	1	And the hour already having become late	This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “And when it was getting late” or “And late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
426	MRK	6	35	hz4h		ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος	1	This place is desolate	This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in Mark 6:31.
427	MRK	6	37	am7m		ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	But answering, he said to them	“But Jesus answered and said to his disciples”
428	MRK	6	37	cts5	figs-rquestion	ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν?	1	Having gone away, might we buy 200 denarii of loaves of bread and give it to them to eat?	The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
429	MRK	6	37	hs21	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων διακοσίων	1	200 denarii	The singular form of the word denarii is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
430	MRK	6	37	c65w	translate-numbers	δηναρίων διακοσίων	1	200 denarii	“two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
431	MRK	6	38	h61r		ἄρτους	1	loaves	lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
432	MRK	6	39	xgb6		τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ	1	the green grass	Describe the grass with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color green.
433	MRK	6	40	e4cb	figs-explicit	πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα	1	by group according to hundreds and according to fifties	This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
434	MRK	6	41	l8q3		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having looked up to heaven	This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
435	MRK	6	41	gr6v		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed	“he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
436	MRK	6	41	r49p		τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν	1	he divided the two fish among them all	“he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
437	MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	they took up	This could mean: (1) the disciples took up the pieces. (2) the people took up the pieces.
438	MRK	6	43	sk2v		κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα	1	12 baskets full of broken pieces	“twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
439	MRK	6	43	xk9h	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνων	1	12 baskets	“twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
440	MRK	6	44	v4m3	translate-numbers	πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	5,000 men	“five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
441	MRK	6	44	u413	figs-explicit	ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men	The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
442	MRK	6	45	bc6z	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	This refers to the Sea of Galilee. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
443	MRK	6	45	y3ve	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Bethsaida	This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
444	MRK	6	46	l6az		ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς	1	having sent them away	“when he had sent the people away”
445	MRK	6	48	rvu4			0	Connecting Statement:	A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
446	MRK	6	48	g7ka	translate-ordinal	τετάρτην φυλακὴν	1	the fourth watch	This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
447	MRK	6	49	s8cd		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
448	MRK	6	50	et5c	figs-parallelism	θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Take courage! … Do not fear!	These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
449	MRK	6	51	u2u6	figs-explicit	λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο	1	they were completely amazed among themselves	If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “they were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
450	MRK	6	52	m53m	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις	1	about the loaves	Here the phrase the loaves refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
451	MRK	6	52	t1qb	figs-metaphor	ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη	1	their heart had been hardened	A heart that has been hardened represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
452	MRK	6	53	rc3z			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
453	MRK	6	53	p316	translate-names	Γεννησαρὲτ	1	Gennesaret	This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
454	MRK	6	55	e7fh	figs-explicit	περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην	1	they ran throughout that whole region	It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
455	MRK	6	55	d9k9		περιέδραμον…ἤκουον	1	they ran throughout … they were hearing	The word they refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
456	MRK	6	55	wr7f	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	those having sickness	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
457	MRK	6	56	bjv5		ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο	1	wherever he was entering	“wherever Jesus entered”
458	MRK	6	56	gi6y		ἐτίθεσαν	1	they were putting	Here, they refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
459	MRK	6	56	y6hs	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
460	MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begging him	This could mean: (1) the sick were begging him. (2) the people were begging him.
461	MRK	6	56	m366		ἅψωνται	1	they might touch	The word they refers to the sick.
462	MRK	6	56	wd2u		τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	the edge of his garment	“the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
463	MRK	6	56	ugr3		ὅσοι ἂν	1	as many as	“all those who”
464	MRK	7	intro	vq1j			0		Mark 7 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Hand washing The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Ephphatha” This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
465	MRK	7	1	hu3f			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
466	MRK	7	1	b9ul		συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	are gathering around him	“are gathered around Jesus”
467	MRK	7	2	b8qw	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
468	MRK	7	2	wd6i	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	Verses 3 and 4 can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
469	MRK	7	2	a2qf		ἰδόντες	1	they had seen	“the Pharisees and the scribes saw”
470	MRK	7	2	eea5	figs-activepassive	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις	1	that is, unwashed	The word unwashed explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
471	MRK	7	3	mj6u		τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	of the elders	Jewish elders were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
472	MRK	7	4	wsb8		χαλκίων	1	copper vessels	“copper kettles” or “metal containers”
473	MRK	7	5	hts4	figs-metaphor	διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?	1	Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands?	Walk in here is a metaphor for “obey.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
474	MRK	7	5	ugom	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?	1	Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands?	The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
475	MRK	7	5	j7ht	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
476	MRK	7	6	t7px			0	General Information:	Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
477	MRK	7	6	ep7u	figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	with their lips	Here, lips is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
478	MRK	7	6	zgt9	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here, heart refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
479	MRK	7	6	xtab	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
480	MRK	7	7	f8q5		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	But they worship me in vain	“But they offer me useless worship”
481	MRK	7	8	yqj3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
482	MRK	7	8	xz71		ἀφέντες	1	Having abandoned	having refused to obey
483	MRK	7	8	hnw4		κρατεῖτε	1	you hold fast to	“you hold strongly to” or “you only keep”
484	MRK	7	9	e3qv	figs-irony	καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε	1	How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition!	Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s commandment. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
485	MRK	7	9	r5li		καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε	1	How well you reject	“How skillfully you reject”
486	MRK	7	10	d4sd		ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα	1	The one speaking evil of his father	“The one who curses his father”
487	MRK	7	10	ayl3		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	let him die the death	“he must surely be put to death”
488	MRK	7	10	dv6e	figs-activepassive	ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	The one speaking evil of his father or mother—let him die the death	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489	MRK	7	11	q76i		κορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1	Whatever you would have profited from me is Corban	The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
490	MRK	7	11	cd57	translate-transliterate	κορβᾶν	1	is Corban	Corban is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
491	MRK	7	11	ev2r	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον	1	that is, a gift	This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
492	MRK	7	12	g18b	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
493	MRK	7	12	cb8c	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί	1	you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother	By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
494	MRK	7	13	df13		ἀκυροῦντες	1	nullifying	cancelling or doing away with
495	MRK	7	13	ena5		παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε	1	you do many such similar things	“you are doing may other things similar to this”
496	MRK	7	14	wp7p	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
497	MRK	7	14	ts15		προσκαλεσάμενος	1	having called	“after Jesus had called”
498	MRK	7	14	u3nk	figs-doublet	ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε	1	Listen to me, all of you, and understand	The words Listen and understand are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
499	MRK	7	14	yni7	figs-ellipsis	σύνετε	1	understand	It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to understand. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
500	MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
501	MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out from the man	This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
502	MRK	7	17	m42w			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
503	MRK	7	17	l7d7		καὶ	1	And	The word And marks a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples.
504	MRK	7	18	f5sf			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach his disciples by asking a question.
505	MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also thus without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
506	MRK	7	19	wyw4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
507	MRK	7	19	wi6y	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται?	1	because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and then passes out into the latrine?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
508	MRK	7	19	y2cr	figs-metonymy	οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν	1	it does not go into his heart	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
509	MRK	7	19	he68		οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται	1	it does not go	Here, it refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
510	MRK	7	19	hm98	figs-explicit	καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα	1	making all foods clean	It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
511	MRK	7	20	r12p		ἔλεγεν	1	he was saying	“Jesus said”
512	MRK	7	20	eq3a		τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man	“What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
513	MRK	7	21	lm51	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται	1	out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
514	MRK	7	22	y3md		ἀσέλγεια	1	sensuality	not controlling one’s lustful desires
515	MRK	7	23	h9ta	figs-ellipsis	ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται	1	come out from within	Here the word within describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
516	MRK	7	24	k9bl			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
517	MRK	7	25	j2k9	figs-idiom	εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον	1	having an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “being possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
518	MRK	7	25	q47q		προσέπεσεν	1	fell down	“knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission.
519	MRK	7	26	aik7	writing-background	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει	1	But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent	The word But marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
520	MRK	7	26	e39y	translate-names	Συροφοινίκισσα	1	a Syrophoenician	This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
521	MRK	7	27	gsj7	figs-metaphor	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν	1	Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs	Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are children and the Gentiles as if they are dogs. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
522	MRK	7	27	r898	figs-activepassive	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα	1	Permit the children first to be fed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
523	MRK	7	27	k2wb	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
524	MRK	7	27	yn61		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	to the dogs	This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
525	MRK	7	29	sa9t	figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	go	Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
526	MRK	7	29	pa3u	figs-explicit	ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου	1	The demon has gone out from your daughter	Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527	MRK	7	31	g44h			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
528	MRK	7	31	k9gy		ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου	1	having gone out from the region of Tyre	“having left the region of Tyre”
529	MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up to a part of the region	This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
530	MRK	7	31	cxa8	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	of the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in Mark 5:20. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
531	MRK	7	32	bnq6		φέρουσιν	1	they bring	“the people brought”
532	MRK	7	32	i5gy		κωφὸν	1	someone who was deaf	“a person who was not able to hear”
533	MRK	7	32	jlj4	figs-explicit	παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα	1	they beg him that he would lay his hand on him	Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
534	MRK	7	33	p3aa		ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν	1	having taking him aside	“after Jesus took the man aside”
535	MRK	7	33	zb1w		ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ	1	he put his fingers into his ears	Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man’s ears.
536	MRK	7	33	jwi8		πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1	having spit, he touched his tongue	Jesus spits and then touches the man’s tongue.
537	MRK	7	33	ld3f	figs-explicit	πτύσας	1	having spit	It may be helpful to state that Jesus spit on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
538	MRK	7	34	vfn4		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having looked up to heaven	This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
539	MRK	7	34	lbw4	translate-transliterate	ἐφφαθά	1	Ephphatha	Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
540	MRK	7	34	qiy7		ἐστέναξεν	1	he sighed	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man.
541	MRK	7	34	m4a8		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	says to him	“said to the man”
542	MRK	7	35	yg15	figs-idiom	ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί	1	his ears were opened	This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
543	MRK	7	35	yj4j	figs-activepassive	ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1	the band of his tongue was released	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
544	MRK	7	36	eb2y	figs-ellipsis	ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ	1	as much as he ordered them	The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
545	MRK	7	36	zce7		μᾶλλον περισσότερον	1	the more abundantly	“the more widely” or “the more”
546	MRK	7	37	iy76		ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	they were extremely astonished	“they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure”
547	MRK	7	37	dh17	figs-metonymy	τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους	1	the deaf … the mute	These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
548	MRK	8	intro	ry56			0		Mark 8 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Bread When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness. Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) “Adulterous generation” When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples (Mark 8:17-21) and scolding the people (Mark 8:12). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Mark 8:35-37).
549	MRK	8	1	sgv6			0	Connecting Statement:	A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
550	MRK	8	1	rmd8	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days	This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
551	MRK	8	2	h8v8		ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν	1	they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat	“this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
552	MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they will faint	This could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
553	MRK	8	4	jdk2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?	1	From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place?	The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
554	MRK	8	4	b7tn		ἄρτων	1	with bread	Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
555	MRK	8	5	m56c		ἠρώτα αὐτούς	1	he asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
556	MRK	8	6	x2jr	figs-quotations	παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	he commands the crowd to recline on the ground	This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
557	MRK	8	6	x144		ἀναπεσεῖν	1	to recline	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
558	MRK	8	7	pzy6		καὶ εἶχαν	1	and they had	Here the word they is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
559	MRK	8	7	mb6v		εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ	1	having blessed them	“after Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
560	MRK	8	8	m9k6		ἔφαγον	1	they ate	“the people ate”
561	MRK	8	8	mxn1		ἦραν	1	they picked up	Here, they could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd.
562	MRK	8	8	v5zi	figs-explicit	περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας	1	an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets	This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
563	MRK	8	9	m81z	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς	1	and he sent them away	It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
564	MRK	8	10	y8u3	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά	1	he went into the region of Dalmanutha	It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
565	MRK	8	10	x33a	translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	of Dalmanutha	This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
566	MRK	8	11	cqy5			0	Connecting Statement:	In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
567	MRK	8	11	f9y8		ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	seeking from him	“asking him for”
568	MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word heaven could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
569	MRK	8	11	cl3q	figs-explicit	πειράζοντες αὐτόν	1	testing him	The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570	MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	having sighed deeply in his spirit	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in Mark 7:34.
571	MRK	8	12	s8xl		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	“in himself”
572	MRK	8	12	g4lz	figs-rquestion	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?	1	Why does this generation seek for a sign?	Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
573	MRK	8	12	l335	figs-explicit	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ	1	Why does this generation seek for	When Jesus speaks of this generation, he is referring to the people who lived at that time. The Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “Why do you and the people of this generation seek for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
574	MRK	8	12	a2x2	figs-activepassive	εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον	1	if a sign will be given	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575	MRK	8	13	i2se	figs-explicit	ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς	1	having left them, having boarded a boat again	Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
576	MRK	8	13	u1qk	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	You can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
577	MRK	8	14	fl8d			0	Connecting Statement:	While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
578	MRK	8	14	m74g	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Here, And marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
579	MRK	8	14	gtg6	figs-litotes	εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον	1	except for one loaf	The negative phrase except for is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
580	MRK	8	15	bd2x	figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε	1	Keep watch! Be on guard	These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
581	MRK	8	15	ya88	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod	Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to yeast, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
582	MRK	8	16	xs4p	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	that they have no bread	In this statement, it may be helpful to state what they thought Jesus had meant when he spoke to them about bread. Alternate translation: “that he must have said that because they had no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
583	MRK	8	16	zfw3	figs-hyperbole	ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	they have no bread	The word no is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread (Mark 8:14), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
584	MRK	8	17	hnh6	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread?	Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
585	MRK	8	17	dmt2	figs-parallelism	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
586	MRK	8	17	wf6j	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
587	MRK	8	17	fn31	figs-metonymy	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	Here, hearts is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
588	MRK	8	17	rq8c	figs-metaphor	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	The phrase hearts become hardened is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
589	MRK	8	17	mihv	figs-rquestion	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
590	MRK	8	18	u1gh	figs-rquestion	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε?	1	Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember?	Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
591	MRK	8	19	e37p	figs-metonymy	τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους	1	the 5,000	This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
592	MRK	8	19	t7ig	translate-numbers	τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους	1	the 5,000	“the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
593	MRK	8	19	e4zq	figs-explicit	πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε	1	how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up	It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
594	MRK	8	20	b5bm	figs-metonymy	τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους	1	the 4,000	This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
595	MRK	8	20	lip5	translate-numbers	τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους	1	the 4,000	“the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
596	MRK	8	20	ggl1	figs-explicit	πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε	1	how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up	It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
597	MRK	8	21	kh42	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὔπω συνίετε?	1	How do you not yet understand?	Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
598	MRK	8	22	c92c			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
599	MRK	8	22	mul4	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Bethsaida	This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in Mark 6:45. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
600	MRK	8	22	mx9q	figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται	1	that he would touch him	It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
601	MRK	8	23	t5ud		πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν	1	having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him	“when Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man”
602	MRK	8	24	jcv8		ἀναβλέψας	1	having looked up	“when the man looked up”
603	MRK	8	24	r6tk	figs-simile	βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας	1	I see men who look like walking trees	The man sees men walking around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to trees. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
604	MRK	8	25	png5		εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν	1	Then he again laid	“Then Jesus again laid”
605	MRK	8	25	td9l	figs-activepassive	καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη	1	and he looked intently and was restored	The phrase was restored can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606	MRK	8	27	e4l3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
607	MRK	8	28	bh7h		οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες	1	But they said to him, saying	“But they answered him, saying,”
608	MRK	8	28	ac8h	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν	1	John the Baptist	The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
609	MRK	8	28	nn1f	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι	1	other … others	The tow occurrences of others refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
610	MRK	8	29	v4h4		αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς	1	He asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
611	MRK	8	30	fk1z	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he warned them that they might tell no one about him	Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
612	MRK	8	30	rgy8	figs-quotations	ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he warned them that they might tell no one about him	This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
613	MRK	8	31	d4dc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
614	MRK	8	31	m32p	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1	to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
615	MRK	8	32	hl4a		παρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει	1	he was speaking this word openly	“he said this in a way that was easy to understand”
616	MRK	8	32	te4z	figs-explicit	ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ	1	began to rebuke him	Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
617	MRK	8	33	ev5s			0	Connecting Statement:	After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
618	MRK	8	33	nu32	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς	1	Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind	Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
619	MRK	8	33	r9gy		ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Get behind me	“Get away from me”
620	MRK	8	34	m732	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν	1	to follow after me	To follow Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
621	MRK	8	34	skl2		ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	let him deny himself	“he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
622	MRK	8	34	c6ll	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
623	MRK	8	34	oxv6	figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	“carry his cross and follow me.” Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
624	MRK	8	34	zs3l	figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	follow me	To follow Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
625	MRK	8	35	d5rj		ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	For whoever wants	“For anyone who wants”
626	MRK	8	35	a6g3		τὴν ψυχὴν	1	soul	This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
627	MRK	8	35	mpq6	figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for my sake and for the gospel	“because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
628	MRK	8	36	ua46	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?	1	For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
629	MRK	8	36	w7gm		κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul	This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
630	MRK	8	36	jde6	figs-hyperbole	κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον	1	to gain the whole world	The words the whole world are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
631	MRK	8	36	bu77		ζημιωθῆναι	1	to forfeit	To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
632	MRK	8	37	wua4	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
633	MRK	8	37	zw4j		τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος	1	what might a man give	If in your language to give requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God”
634	MRK	8	38	rvi6		ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	may be ashamed of me and my words	“may be ashamed of me and my message”
635	MRK	8	38	c53y	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	in this adulterous and sinful generation	Jesus speaks of this generation as adulterous, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636	MRK	8	38	s5tm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
637	MRK	8	38	xd58		ὅταν ἔλθῃ	1	when he may come	“when he comes back”
638	MRK	8	38	vl69		ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the glory of his Father	When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
639	MRK	8	38	vqk3		μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων	1	with the holy angels	“accompanied by the holy angels”
640	MRK	9	intro	n92j			0		Mark 9 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “transfigured” Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Hyperbole Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” (Mark 9:43), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Elijah and Moses Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically. “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (Mark 9:31). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” (Mark 9:35).
641	MRK	9	1	q4b6	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who he refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
642	MRK	9	1	xm40	figs-yousingular	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, the word you is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
643	MRK	9	1	kg4x	figs-idiom	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		The phrase taste death is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If your readers would not understand this idiom you can use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
644	MRK	9	1	qloy	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
645	MRK	9	1	ymou	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun power by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
646	MRK	9	1	yjf6	figs-explicit	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	the kingdom of God come with power	The phrase the kingdom of God come with power represents God showing himself as king. If it would help your readers understand the meaning you can state this plainly. The phrase the kingdom of God come with power probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in 9:2-10. Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
647	MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	by themselves, alone	The author uses the reflexive pronoun themselves here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
648	MRK	9	2	krt6	translate-unknown	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	The word transfigured means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
649	MRK	9	2	b3bb	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase he was transfigured before them with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
650	MRK	9	3	gp48	translate-unknown	οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth is able thus to make them white	The word launderer refers to a person who worked with cloth and who would clean and bleach it. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
651	MRK	9	4	f2d6	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1	Elijah with Moses appeared	Elijah is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in Mark 6:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
652	MRK	9	4	j83a	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		Moses is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in Mark 1:44. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
653	MRK	9	4	pj3i	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες	1	they were talking with	The word they refers to Elijah and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
654	MRK	9	4	sh7s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase were seen with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
655	MRK	9	4	y9r3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The word them refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
656	MRK	9	5	w6vs		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	answering, Peter says to Jesus	Here, the word answering is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
657	MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, the pronoun us could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case us would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case us would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
658	MRK	9	5	k3y1		σκηνάς	1	shelters	Shelters are simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep.
659	MRK	9	5	ou1t	translate-names	Μωϋσεῖ	1		Moses is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in Mark 1:44. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
660	MRK	9	5	u7di	translate-names	Ἠλείᾳ	1		Elijah is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in Mark 6:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661	MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
662	MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
663	MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	came, overshadowing them	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
664	MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	a voice came from the cloud	Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
665	MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
666	MRK	9	7	lg0e	figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1		Listen is a command or instruction to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
667	MRK	9	8	hq73		οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, they refers to Peter, James, and John.
668	MRK	9	9	q2qv	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1		The first occurrence of the word they in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
669	MRK	9	9	pdmm	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
670	MRK	9	9	w1nf	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Here, the pronoun them and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun they all refer to Peter and James and John. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
671	MRK	9	9	wter		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
672	MRK	9	9	w98g	figs-metonymy	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	would rise from the dead	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673	MRK	9	10	to7w	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
674	MRK	9	10	edv3		καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1		And they kept the word to themselves means that Peter, James, and John did not share with other people that Jesus had been transfigured until after he rose from the dead. Alternate translation: “And they did not tell others about Jesus’ transfiguration”
675	MRK	9	10	wfu9		ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise from the dead	See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in the previous verse.
676	MRK	9	11	s9zn	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	they were questioning him	Here, the pronoun they refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
677	MRK	9	11	je29	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν	1		Here, the pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
678	MRK	9	11	wgsr	translate-names	Ἠλείαν	1		Elijah is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in Mark 6:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
679	MRK	9	12	x5ep		Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα	1	Elijah has come first to restore all things	By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah had come first.
680	MRK	9	12	o8hf	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1		Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
681	MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised?	Jesus uses uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. You could translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
682	MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	would be despised	If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase would be despised in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683	MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
684	MRK	9	14	qn7d			0	Connecting Statement:	When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
685	MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having come to the disciples	Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain.
686	MRK	9	14	cs1f		εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς	1	they saw a great crowd around them	“Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples”
687	MRK	9	14	wp9z		γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς	1	scribes arguing with them	The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
688	MRK	9	15	lch5	figs-explicit	ἐξεθαμβήθησαν	1	were amazed	It may be helpful to state why they were amazed. Alternate translation: “was amazed that Jesus had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
689	MRK	9	17	b7v8			0	Connecting Statement:	To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
690	MRK	9	17	zqw9	figs-idiom	ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον	1	having a mute spirit	This means the boy is possessed by an unclean spirit that made him unable to speak. Alternate translation: “having an unclean spirit that prevented him from speaking” or “being possessed by an unclean spirit that makes him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
691	MRK	9	18	zhc9		ἀφρίζει	1	he foams at the mouth	A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: “bubbles come out of his mouth”
692	MRK	9	18	h98h		ξηραίνεται	1	he becomes rigid	“he becomes stiff” or “his body becomes rigid”
693	MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
694	MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-extrainfo	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει	1	answering them, he says	The pronoun them is plural so here Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who them refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,them probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
695	MRK	9	19	azc9	figs-abstractnouns	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	You unbelieving generation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a generation, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun generation in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
696	MRK	9	19	nbw0	figs-metonymy	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1		Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
697	MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-parallelism	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	The question until when will I be with you and the question Until when will I bear with you have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
698	MRK	9	19	c88a	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?	Here, Jesus is using two rhetorical questions, until when will I be with you and Until when will I bear with you, to show his frustration and disappointment with unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. I have become greatly weary by your unbelief” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
699	MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	will I bear with you	“should I endure you” or “must I put up with you”
700	MRK	9	20	bw3l		τὸ πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	This refers to the unclean spirit. See how you translated this in Mark 9:17.
701	MRK	9	20	l4r5		συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	threw him into a convulsion	This is a condition where a person has no control over his body, and his body shakes violently.
702	MRK	9	21	f5zm	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	From childhood	“Since he was a small child.” It may be helpful to state this as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “He has been like this since he was a small child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
703	MRK	9	22	f5yu		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having had compassion	“feeling compassion”
704	MRK	9	23	vh6c	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: “Do you say to me ‘If you are able’?” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
705	MRK	9	23	g3nd	figs-rquestion	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the man’s doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able.’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
706	MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one believing	“God can do anything for people who believe in him”
707	MRK	9	23	f3uj		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	“for the person who believes” or “for anyone who believes”
708	MRK	9	23	e5kk		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one believing	This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: “for the one who believes in God”
709	MRK	9	24	h4y6		βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help me in my unbelief	The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: “Help me when I do not believe” or “Help me have more faith”
710	MRK	9	25	qaw4		ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd is running to them	This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
711	MRK	9	25	ul8k		τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words mute and deaf can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
712	MRK	9	26	adb6		κράξας	1	having cried out	“after the unclean spirit cried out”
713	MRK	9	26	i8dz		πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν	1	convulsed him greatly	“shook him violently”
714	MRK	9	26	ry3l	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	it came out	It is implied that the spirit came out of the boy. Alternate translation: “it came out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
715	MRK	9	26	n7h8	figs-simile	ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς	1	he became like a dead person	The boy’s appearance is compared to that of a dead person. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
716	MRK	9	26	ns4t		ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς	1	so that many	“so that many people”
717	MRK	9	27	g2lt	figs-idiom	κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	having taken him by his hand	This means that Jesus grasped the boy’s hand with his own hand. Alternate translation: “having grasped the boy by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
718	MRK	9	27	r9zn		ἤγειρεν αὐτόν	1	lifted him up	“helped him get up”
719	MRK	9	28	sd45		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	“privately.” This means he was alone with them.
720	MRK	9	28	x1ej	figs-ellipsis	ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό	1	cast it out	“cast the unclean spirit out.” This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “cast the unclean spirit out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
721	MRK	9	29	pdk2	figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting	The words nothing and except are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
722	MRK	9	29	v2s7	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	This kind	This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
723	MRK	9	30	q4iu			0	Connecting Statement:	After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
724	MRK	9	30	pp6z		κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες	1	And having gone out from there	“And after Jesus and his disciples left that region”
725	MRK	9	30	f12g		παρεπορεύοντο διὰ	1	they were passing through	“they traveled through” or “they passed by”
726	MRK	9	31	ywi8	figs-explicit	ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	for he was teaching his disciples	Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
727	MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
728	MRK	9	31	y5cw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man is being delivered	Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man, am being delivered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
729	MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here, hands is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
730	MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	having been killed, he will rise again after three days	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after they have put him to death and three days have passed, he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
731	MRK	9	32	vtx1	figs-ellipsis	ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι	1	they were afraid to ask him	They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
732	MRK	9	33	xv94	writing-newevent		0	Connecting Statement:	When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
733	MRK	9	33	swa7		ἦλθον εἰς	1	they came to	“they arrived at.” The word they refers to Jesus and his disciples.
734	MRK	9	33	t717		διελογίζεσθε	1	were you discussing	“were you discussing with one another”
735	MRK	9	34	sq3c	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἐσιώπων	1	they were silent	They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
736	MRK	9	34	gdg3	figs-explicit	τίς μείζων	1	about who was the greatest	Here, the greatest refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “about who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
737	MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1	If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all	Here the words first and last are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being first and of being the “least important” as being last. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738	MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων	-1	of all … of all	“of all people … of all people”
739	MRK	9	36	gmb1		ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	in their midst	“among them.” The word their refers to the crowd.
740	MRK	9	36	idb8		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ	1	having taken him in his arms	This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and held him.
741	MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	“a child like this”
742	MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he loves me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
743	MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who has sent me	This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
744	MRK	9	38	idn7		ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John was saying to him	“John said to Jesus”
745	MRK	9	38	tn6s	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια	1	casting out demons	“sending away demons.” This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: “casting demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
746	MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here, name is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
747	MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he was not following us	This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
748	MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	“is not opposing us”
749	MRK	9	40	j8gq		ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	is for us	It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
750	MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-metaphor	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
751	MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he will definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
752	MRK	9	42	z6k5		μύλος ὀνικὸς	1	a large millstone	a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
753	MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	if your hand may cause you to stumble	Here, hand is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
754	MRK	9	43	iku4		κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life maimed	“to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
755	MRK	9	43	g6ww	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
756	MRK	9	43	qjm9		κυλλὸν	1	maimed	missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
757	MRK	9	43	ttl7		εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	into the unquenchable fire	“where the fire cannot be put out”
758	MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	if your foot may cause you to stumble	Here the word foot is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
759	MRK	9	45	vj49		εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	“to be lame and then to enter into life” or “to be lame before entering into life”
760	MRK	9	45	r1dy	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
761	MRK	9	45	c2vw		χωλὸν	1	lame	“unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
762	MRK	9	45	tmd6	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
763	MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word eye could be: (1) a metonym for desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) a metonym for desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
764	MRK	9	47	e52s	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα	1	to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than, having two eyes	This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than, having lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
765	MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
766	MRK	9	48	uh4p	figs-explicit	ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ	1	where their worm does not die	The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
767	MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
768	MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, fire is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So will be salted with fire is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
769	MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	may become unsalty	“loses its salty taste”
770	MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
771	MRK	9	50	t76n		αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε	1	will you season it	“will you make it taste salty again”
772	MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
773	MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		Mark 10 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8. Special concepts in this chapter Jesus’ teaching about divorce The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” (Mark 10:43).
774	MRK	10	1	vf86			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
775	MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
776	MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and the other side of the Jordan River	“and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
777	MRK	10	1	qyp5		πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	he was teaching them again	The word them refers to the crowds.
778	MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he had been accustomed to do	“was his custom” or “he usually did”
779	MRK	10	3	p9nu		τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς?	1	What did Moses command you?	Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this?”
780	MRK	10	4	qu28		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
781	MRK	10	5	djt9	writing-quotations	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	But Jesus said to them, “Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you	In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said to them, ‘He wrote this commandment to you because of your hardness of heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
782	MRK	10	5	jzb2		πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	Because of your hardness of heart, he wrote this commandment to you	Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words your and you. Alternate translation: “He wrote this law because your ancestors and you had hard hearts”
783	MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, hearts is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
784	MRK	10	5	xqzb	figs-metaphor	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	The phrase hardness of heart is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
785	MRK	10	6	m6lj		ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	He made them	“God made people”
786	MRK	10	7	k39e			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
787	MRK	10	7	xr7h		ἕνεκεν τούτου	1	For the sake of this	“Therefore” or “Because of this”
788	MRK	10	8	rd63		καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	and the two will become one flesh	Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
789	MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” or “they are no longer two, but together they are one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
790	MRK	10	9	ty4e	figs-explicit	ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate	The phrase what God joined together refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
791	MRK	10	10	ufw6		καὶ εἰς	1	And in	“And when Jesus and his disciples were in”
792	MRK	10	10	c2ya	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	in the house	Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: “alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
793	MRK	10	10	l8fu		περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him about this	The word this refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
794	MRK	10	11	i5kp		ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	“Anyone who”
795	MRK	10	11	vt25		μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	commits adultery against her	Here, her refers to the first woman he was married to.
796	MRK	10	12	sn1m	figs-explicit	μοιχᾶται	1	she commits adultery	In this situation she commits adultery again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
797	MRK	10	13	j3t9			0	Connecting Statement:	When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
798	MRK	10	13	zx1f	writing-newevent	καὶ προσέφερον	1	And they were bringing	“And people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
799	MRK	10	13	pk8a	figs-explicit	αὐτῶν ἅψηται	1	he might touch them	This means that Jesus would touch them with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “he might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
800	MRK	10	13	w5lm		ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς	1	rebuked them	“rebuked the people”
801	MRK	10	14	lsq4		ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having seen this, Jesus	The word this refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
802	MRK	10	14	rv7x		ἠγανάκτησεν	1	was indignant	“became angry”
803	MRK	10	14	yi5m	figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them	These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
804	MRK	10	14	qj7i	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	do not prevent	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
805	MRK	10	14	je6w	figs-metaphor	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for of those such as these is the kingdom of God	The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God includes people who are like them” or “because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806	MRK	10	15	y3a2		ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it	“if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he will definitely not enter it”
807	MRK	10	15	a1e7	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	as a little child	Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
808	MRK	10	15	h8pt		μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	might not receive the kingdom of God	“does not accept God as their king”
809	MRK	10	15	q3ck		οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	may certainly not enter into it	The word it refers to the kingdom of God.
810	MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	having taken them into his arms	“holding the children in his arms”
811	MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	in order that I might inherit everlasting life	Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, inherit here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812	MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Why are you calling me good?	Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
813	MRK	10	18	b5wg		ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	is good except God alone	“good. Only God is good”
814	MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	“do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
815	MRK	10	21	syq1	figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	One thing you are lacking	“There is one thing you are missing.” Here, lacking is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
816	MRK	10	21	rd85	figs-metonymy	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	give it to the poor	Here the word it refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
817	MRK	10	21	ux1l	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
818	MRK	10	21	iij4		θησαυρὸν	1	treasure	wealth, valuable things
819	MRK	10	22	v58f		ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	one having many possessions	“someone who owned many things”
820	MRK	10	23	k5nk		πῶς δυσκόλως	1	How difficult it is	“It is very difficult”
821	MRK	10	24	z9z1		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	but again answering, Jesus says to them	“but Jesus said to his disciples again”
822	MRK	10	24	fh1q	figs-metaphor	τέκνα, πῶς	1	Children, how	“My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his children. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
823	MRK	10	24	jf83		πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν	1	how hard it is	“it is very hard”
824	MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God	Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for rich people to get into the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
825	MRK	10	25	hl4s	figs-hypo	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον	1	It is easier for a camel	This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
826	MRK	10	25	t4y8		τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	“the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing needle that thread passes through.
827	MRK	10	26	ly6b		οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	But they were greatly astonished	“But the disciples were very astonished”
828	MRK	10	26	q8b7	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
829	MRK	10	27	a7bi	figs-ellipsis	παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ	1	With men it is impossible, but not with God	The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
830	MRK	10	28	hcv3		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Behold is used here to draw attention to the words that come next.
831	MRK	10	28	cj3f		ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	have left everything	“have left everything behind”
832	MRK	10	29	zhx5	figs-litotes	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	The phrase there is no one who has left is a litotes. Jesus uses it to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
833	MRK	10	29	m1w3		ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	or lands	“or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns”
834	MRK	10	29	hr9y		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“for my cause” or “for me”
835	MRK	10	29	pf2g		τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the gospel	“to proclaim the gospel”
836	MRK	10	30	sjhg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who may not receive	Jesus finishes a sentence that begins with the words there is no one who has left (verse 29). You can state the whole sentence positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
837	MRK	10	30	heb4		ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ	1	in this time	“in this life” or “in this present age”
838	MRK	10	30	jev2		ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα	1	brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children	Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
839	MRK	10	30	ae92	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	with persecutions, and in the age that is coming, everlasting life	This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun persecutions are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
840	MRK	10	30	v8nr		ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in the age that is coming	“in the future world” or “in the future”
841	MRK	10	31	ym7t	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	who are first will be last, and the last first	Here the words first and last are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
842	MRK	10	31	xcj1	figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	the last first	The phrase the last refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last, first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
843	MRK	10	31	mo59	figs-ellipsis	ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	the last first	The understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
844	MRK	10	32	zc62		ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	And they were on the road, going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going ahead of them	“And Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road, on the way up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
845	MRK	10	32	hq7y		οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	“those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
846	MRK	10	33	pv4w		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
847	MRK	10	33	s1hp	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	Jesus is speaking about himself. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
848	MRK	10	33	ha2g	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” or “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
849	MRK	10	33	zhf1		κατακρινοῦσιν	1	they will condemn	The word they refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
850	MRK	10	33	ils2		παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	deliver him to the Gentiles	“put him under the control of the Gentiles”
851	MRK	10	34	ccd3		ἐμπαίξουσιν	1	they will mock	“people will mock”
852	MRK	10	34	xv2g	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise	This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
853	MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν	1	we desire … for us … we may ask	The words we and us refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
854	MRK	10	37	bb98	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1	in your glory	“when you are glorified.” The phrase in your glory refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
855	MRK	10	38	v1bf		οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	“You do not understand”
856	MRK	10	38	yvu8	figs-metaphor	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω	1	to drink the cup which I am drinking	Here, cup refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
857	MRK	10	38	pd7l	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι	1	to be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized	Here, baptism and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “to endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
858	MRK	10	39	r3pm	figs-ellipsis	δυνάμεθα	1	We are able	They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
859	MRK	10	39	hc1g		πίεσθε	1	you will drink	“you will drink as well”
860	MRK	10	40	ig8f		τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι	1	But to sit at my right hand or at my left hand is not mine to give	“But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
861	MRK	10	40	pdc1		ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those for whom it has been prepared	“but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word it refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
862	MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
863	MRK	10	41	ad19		ἀκούσαντες,	1	When heard about this	The word this refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
864	MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	“after Jesus called his disciples, he”
865	MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
866	MRK	10	42	hme7		κατακυριεύουσιν	1	lord it over	have control or power over
867	MRK	10	42	zfr3		κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	“flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
868	MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
869	MRK	10	43	fc3m		μέγας γενέσθαι	1	to become great	“to be highly respected”
870	MRK	10	44	e7sn	figs-metaphor	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
871	MRK	10	45	a3fr	figs-activepassive	καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	For even the Son of Man did not come to be served	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “For even the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
872	MRK	10	45	rik1		διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	to be served, but to serve	“to be served by people, but to serve people”
873	MRK	10	45	d9jd		ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	in exchange for many	“in the place of many people”
874	MRK	10	46	n4i3			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
875	MRK	10	46	bq3j	translate-names	ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης	1	Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus	“a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” Bartimaeus is the name of a man. Timaeus is his father’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
876	MRK	10	47	ynr7	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν	1	having heard that it was Jesus	Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “when he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
877	MRK	10	47	vwz9	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ	1	Son of David	Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
878	MRK	10	48	ca5u		ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ	1	many were rebuking	“many people rebuked”
879	MRK	10	48	m32u		πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	much more	“even more”
880	MRK	10	49	t5ch	figs-quotations	εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν	1	said, “Call him.”	You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
881	MRK	10	49	ac7h		φωνοῦσι	1	they call	The word they refers to the crowd.
882	MRK	10	49	jvr1		θάρσει	1	Take courage!	“Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
883	MRK	10	49	gnb9		φωνεῖ σε	1	He is calling you	“Jesus is calling for you”
884	MRK	10	50	z6ec		ἀναπηδήσας	1	having sprung up	“having jumped up”
885	MRK	10	51	i5an		ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ	1	answering him	“answering the blind man”
886	MRK	10	51	dap1		ἀναβλέψω	1	I might receive my sight	“I would be able to see”
887	MRK	10	52	s5d2	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has healed you	This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s faith. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
888	MRK	10	52	ub7w		ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	he was following him	“he followed Jesus”
889	MRK	11	intro	xg3t			0		Mark 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)
890	MRK	11	1	ch4j		καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives	“And when Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They had come to Bethphage and Bethany in the vicinity of Jerusalem.
891	MRK	11	1	g1fy	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
892	MRK	11	2	bi22		τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν	1	opposite us	“ahead of us”
893	MRK	11	2	r41g		πῶλον	1	a colt	This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
894	MRK	11	2	yw78	figs-activepassive	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no man has yet sat	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
895	MRK	11	3	xw55	figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?	1	Why are you doing this?	It can be written clearly what the word this refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
896	MRK	11	3	k7fd		αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	has need of it	“needs it”
897	MRK	11	3	yj5y	figs-explicit	εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε	1	immediately he sends it back here	Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
898	MRK	11	4	y381		ἀπῆλθον	1	they went away	“the two disciples went away”
899	MRK	11	4	i2ml		πῶλον	1	a colt	This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in Mark 11:2.
900	MRK	11	6	j39z		οἱ…εἶπον	1	they spoke	“they responded”
901	MRK	11	6	ij7y		καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	just as Jesus told them	“just as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how Jesus had told them to respond to people’s questions about taking the colt.
902	MRK	11	6	m8pm	figs-idiom	ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς	1	they gave them permission	This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “they let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
903	MRK	11	7	ice6		ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	throw their cloaks on it, and he sat on it	“laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw their cloaks on it.
904	MRK	11	7	k9g7		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	“coats” or “robes”
905	MRK	11	8	t8hy	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν	1	many spread their cloaks on the road	It was a tradition to lay garments on the road in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
906	MRK	11	8	nx3n	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν	1	and others, branches having been cut from the fields	It was a tradition to lay palm branches on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907	MRK	11	9	ye41		οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those following	“those who followed Jesus”
908	MRK	11	9	d8se	translate-transliterate	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	This word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write Hosanna using your language’s way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
909	MRK	11	9	x1bz	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Blessed is the one who comes	This is referring to Jesus. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
910	MRK	11	9	e2p6	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
911	MRK	11	9	el81		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed is	“May God bless”
912	MRK	11	10	a6b4	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	“Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
913	MRK	11	10	kkfo	figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	The word blessed can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
914	MRK	11	10	diq8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	of our father David	Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
915	MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	This could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
916	MRK	11	10	vqm2	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	the highest	Here heaven is spoken of as the highest. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
917	MRK	11	11	mz8r		ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας	1	the hour already being late	“because it was already late in the day”
918	MRK	11	11	t5nv		ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he went out to Bethany with the Twelve	“he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
919	MRK	11	12	zr8n		ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1	when they had returned from Bethany	“while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
920	MRK	11	13	y447			0	Connecting Statement:	This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
921	MRK	11	13	yg5n		εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ	1	if perhaps he could find anything on it	“looking to see if there was any fruit on it”
922	MRK	11	13	j6cq	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing except leaves	Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
923	MRK	11	13	vy09	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing except leaves	This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he did not find any figs at all on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
924	MRK	11	13	g76z		ὁ…καιρὸς	1	the season	“the time of year”
925	MRK	11	14	u3bk	figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.”	Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
926	MRK	11	14	b362		εἶπεν αὐτῇ	1	he said to it	“he spoke to the tree”
927	MRK	11	14	ij5h		ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples heard it	The word it refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
928	MRK	11	15	hj7z		ἔρχονται	1	coming	“Jesus and his disciples came”
929	MRK	11	15	md5l	figs-explicit	ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	he began to cast out those selling and those buying in the temple	Jesus is forcing these people out of the temple. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “he began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
930	MRK	11	15	s4m2		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας	1	those selling and those buying	“the people who were buying and selling”
931	MRK	11	17	ve56			0	General Information:	God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
932	MRK	11	17	xrz2	figs-rquestion	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?	1	Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’?	Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
933	MRK	11	17	dpt1	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	But you have made it a den of robbers	Jesus compares the people to robbers and the temple to a robbers’ den. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
934	MRK	11	17	qc6k		σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	“a cave where robbers hide”
935	MRK	11	18	k6dv		ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	they were seeking a way	“they were looking for a way”
936	MRK	11	19	h4hg		ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο	1	when evening came	“in the evening”
937	MRK	11	19	y7la		ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως	1	they were departing from the city	“Jesus and his disciples left the city”
938	MRK	11	20	m27r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God.
939	MRK	11	20	b56h		παραπορευόμενοι	1	passing by	“walking along the road”
940	MRK	11	20	s8ki	figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	the fig tree had been withered from its roots	Translate this statement to clarify that the tree died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
941	MRK	11	20	a83v		ἐξηραμμένην	1	had been withered	“had dried up”
942	MRK	11	21	jt3h	figs-explicit	ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος	1	having remembered, Peter	It may be helpful to state what Peter remembered. Alternate translation: “Peter, remembering what Jesus had said to the fig tree,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
943	MRK	11	22	ry5v		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	answering, Jesus says to them	“Jesus replied to his disciples”
944	MRK	11	23	sy61		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
945	MRK	11	23	c3cj		ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ	1	whoever might say	“if anyone says”
946	MRK	11	23	y76p	figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	may not doubt in his heart, but may believe	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
947	MRK	11	23	fzp5		ἔσται αὐτῷ	1	it will be for him	“God will make it happen”
948	MRK	11	24	pn9x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Because of this, I say to you	“So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
949	MRK	11	24	tu5z	figs-explicit	ἔσται ὑμῖν	1	it will be yours	It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
950	MRK	11	25	m7xi		ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι	1	when you stand praying	It is common in Hebrew culture to stand when praying to God. Alternate translation: “when you pray”
951	MRK	11	25	f6ex		εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος	1	if you have something against anyone	“whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word something refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
952	MRK	11	27	n3ei			0	Connecting Statement:	The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
953	MRK	11	27	s2ac		ἔρχονται…εἰς	1	they come to	“Jesus and his disciples came to”
954	MRK	11	27	alh5		ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	as he is walking around in the temple	This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple.
955	MRK	11	28	r3ik		ἔλεγον αὐτῷ	1	they were saying to him	The word they refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
956	MRK	11	28	se9b	figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς?	1	By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them?	This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
957	MRK	11	28	p5u3	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	The words these things refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
958	MRK	11	30	jj91		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	The baptism of John	“The baptism that John performed”
959	MRK	11	30	fr1b		ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	was it from heaven or from men	“was it authorized by heaven or by men”
960	MRK	11	30	sh7b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	Here, heaven refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
961	MRK	11	30	i5is		ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	from men	“from people”
962	MRK	11	31	s9vv	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	If we would say, ‘From heaven,’	This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
963	MRK	11	31	nu1m	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	Here, heaven refers to God. See how you translated this in Mark 11:30. Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
964	MRK	11	31	t9er		οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	did you not believe him	The word him refers to John the Baptist.
965	MRK	11	32	aus1	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’	This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
966	MRK	11	32	v2gs		ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	From men	“From people”
967	MRK	11	32	b5qb	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’…	The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But we do not want to say that it was from men or the crowd may attack us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
968	MRK	11	32	z93u	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’…	The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understood what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
969	MRK	11	32	z998	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον	1	They were afraid of the crowd	The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. You can state this clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
970	MRK	11	33	us4a	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἴδαμεν	1	We do not know	This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
971	MRK	12	intro	ne55			0		Mark 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament. Important figures of speech in this chapter Hypothetical Situations Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
972	MRK	12	1	w2hb	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
973	MRK	12	1	qa93		καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν	1	Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables	The word them here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
974	MRK	12	1	qap8		περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν	1	put a hedge around it	He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
975	MRK	12	1	ns9e	figs-explicit	ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον	1	dug a pit for a winepress	This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
976	MRK	12	1	l2i2		ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	leased the vineyard to vine growers	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
977	MRK	12	2	s83v	figs-explicit	τῷ καιρῷ	1	at the season	This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
978	MRK	12	3	vz7k		καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν	1	But having seized him	“But after the vine growers grabbed the slave”
979	MRK	12	3	c321	figs-explicit	κενόν	1	with nothing	This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
980	MRK	12	4	f3f4		ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	he sent to them	“the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
981	MRK	12	4	w1ge	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν	1	and that one, they wounded in the head	This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “and they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
982	MRK	12	5	l1yw	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον…κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν; καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους	1	another, and that one they killed, and many others	These phrases refer to other slaves. Alternate translation: “yet another slave, and they killed him, and many other slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
983	MRK	12	6	z5hz	figs-explicit	υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν	1	a beloved son	It is implied that this is the owner’s son. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
984	MRK	12	7	m63e	figs-explicit	ὁ κληρονόμος	1	the heir	This is the owner’s heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	MRK	12	7	s5dc	figs-synecdoche	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	The tenants are referring to the vineyard as the inheritance. Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
986	MRK	12	8	gx6l		λαβόντες	1	having seized him	“after the vine growers seized the son”
987	MRK	12	9	r4md	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do?	Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
988	MRK	12	9	rde6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	Therefore	Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
989	MRK	12	9	g4ce		ἀπολέσει	1	destroy	kill
990	MRK	12	9	mc5y	figs-explicit	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	will give the vineyard to others	The word others refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
991	MRK	12	10	v6ta			0	General Information:	This scripture was written long before in God’s word.
992	MRK	12	10	xj9j	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε:	1	And have you not read this scripture?	Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture.” or “And you should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
993	MRK	12	10	jpa3		ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	has become the head of the corner	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
994	MRK	12	11	r8z8		παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	This came from the Lord	“The Lord has done this”
995	MRK	12	11	k5w6	figs-metaphor	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	it is marvelous in our eyes	Here, in our eyes stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
996	MRK	12	12	b1vz		ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι	1	they were seeking to seize him	Here, they refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as “the Jewish leaders.”
997	MRK	12	12	sl74		ἐζήτουν	1	they were seeking	“they wanted”
998	MRK	12	12	lx62	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	but they feared the crowd	They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999	MRK	12	12	v9wb		πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	against them	“to accuse them”
1000	MRK	12	13	s1hb			0	Connecting Statement:	In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
1001	MRK	12	13	z2sf		καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν	1	And they send	“Then the Jewish leaders sent”
1002	MRK	12	13	pj3c		τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	the Herodians	This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
1003	MRK	12	13	kuy5	figs-metaphor	ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν	1	in order to trap him	Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1004	MRK	12	14	dh3d		λέγουσιν	1	they say	Here, they refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
1005	MRK	12	14	cp3x	figs-litotes	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	The negation can modify the verb. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1006	MRK	12	14	xptc	figs-idiom	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	it is not a concern to you about anyone	This is an idiom that means that Jesus does not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1007	MRK	12	15	g48w	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν	1	he, knowing their hypocrisy	They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, knowing that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008	MRK	12	15	c7nj	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε?	1	Why do you test me?	Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1009	MRK	12	15	wl34	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1010	MRK	12	16	ev6s		οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1	And they brought one	“So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
1011	MRK	12	16	wd1n		ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή	1	is this likeness and inscription	“is this picture and name”
1012	MRK	12	16	gi96	figs-ellipsis	οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος	2	they said to him, “Caesar’s.”	Here, Caesar’s refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1013	MRK	12	17	fl4l	figs-metonymy	τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι	1	The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar	Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1014	MRK	12	17	la16	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	and the things of God, to God	The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1015	MRK	12	17	pw4r	figs-explicit	ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	they were marveling at him	They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1016	MRK	12	18	rdl7	figs-explicit	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	who say there is no resurrection	This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1017	MRK	12	19	e8x2	figs-quotations	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ	1	Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die	The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1018	MRK	12	19	m8fh		ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	wrote to us	“wrote to us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word us to refer to themselves and all Jews.
1019	MRK	12	19	g49e		λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	his brother should take the wife	“the man should marry his brother’s wife”
1020	MRK	12	19	m2um	figs-explicit	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	should raise up offspring to his brother	“have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “should have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1021	MRK	12	20	wz27	figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν	1	There were seven brothers	The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1022	MRK	12	20	pj71		ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	the first brother
1023	MRK	12	20	af1t		ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα	1	the first took a wife	“the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
1024	MRK	12	21	d61g	figs-ellipsis	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος	1	the second … the third	These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1025	MRK	12	21	na6s		ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the second took her	“the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
1026	MRK	12	21	l1ds	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως	1	the third likewise	It may be helpful to explain what likewise means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1027	MRK	12	22	wjq8	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἑπτὰ	1	the seven	This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1028	MRK	12	22	l3dg	figs-explicit	οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα	1	the seven did not leave offspring	Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1029	MRK	12	23	w4wu	figs-rquestion	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή	1	In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife?	The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1030	MRK	12	24	zp2p	figs-rquestion	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God?	Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1031	MRK	12	24	li2y		μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς	1	not knowing the scriptures	This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
1032	MRK	12	24	i8il		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	“how powerful God is”
1033	MRK	12	25	nvh6		ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν	1	For when they may rise	Here the word they refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
1034	MRK	12	25	y8vz	figs-metaphor	ἀναστῶσιν	1	they may rise	Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1035	MRK	12	25	vh7r		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1036	MRK	12	25	p5ak		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	they neither marry nor are given in marriage	“they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage”
1037	MRK	12	25	h7ii	figs-activepassive	γαμίζονται	1	are given in marriage	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1038	MRK	12	25	pi8l		τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the heavens	This refers to the place where God lives.
1039	MRK	12	26	z36n	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐγείρονται	1	that are raised	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1040	MRK	12	26	jc5a		τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως	1	the book of Moses	“the book that Moses wrote”
1041	MRK	12	26	w2lj	figs-explicit	τοῦ βάτου	1	the bush	This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a bush that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1042	MRK	12	26	si2b		τοῦ βάτου	1	the bush	This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
1043	MRK	12	26	y35v		πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς	1	how God spoke to him	“about when God spoke to Moses”
1044	MRK	12	26	re82		ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ	1	I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob	This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
1045	MRK	12	27	dgc9	figs-nominaladj	Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	the God of the dead, but of the living	Here, the dead refers to people who are dead, and the living refers to people who are alive. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1046	MRK	12	27	v7ui	figs-ellipsis	Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	the God of the dead, but of the living	You can state the God clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1047	MRK	12	27	l22e		ζώντων	1	of the living	This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
1048	MRK	12	27	wmz2	figs-explicit	πολὺ πλανᾶσθε	1	You are quite being led astray	It may be helpful to state what they are lead astray about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1049	MRK	12	27	sp7x		πολὺ πλανᾶσθε	1	You are quite being led astray	“You are completely mistaken” or “You are very wrong”
1050	MRK	12	28	q1u5		ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν	1	he asked him	“the scribe asked Jesus”
1051	MRK	12	29	n74y	figs-nominaladj	πρώτη ἐστίν	1	The first is	Here, The first refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1052	MRK	12	29	mq92		ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1	Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one	“Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
1053	MRK	12	30	xjng	figs-doublet	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength	These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1054	MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, heart and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1055	MRK	12	31	tp6p	figs-simile	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	You will love your neighbor as yourself	Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “You must love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1056	MRK	12	31	pyc1		τούτων	1	than these	Here the word these refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
1057	MRK	12	32	qqm4		καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε	1	Good, Teacher	“Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
1058	MRK	12	32	awe3	figs-idiom	εἷς ἐστιν	1	he is one	This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1059	MRK	12	32	as2j	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος	1	that there is no other	The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1060	MRK	12	33	xnq9	figs-doublet	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος	1	from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1061	MRK	12	33	k42a	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας	1	from your whole heart	Here, heart is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1062	MRK	12	33	tw15	figs-simile	τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν	1	to love your neighbor as yourself	This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1063	MRK	12	33	ll9t	figs-idiom	περισσότερόν ἐστιν	1	is even more than	This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1064	MRK	12	34	b144	figs-litotes	οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1065	MRK	12	34	is4c	figs-metaphor	οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1066	MRK	12	34	rgh8	figs-litotes	οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα	1	no one any longer was daring	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1067	MRK	12	35	ptc8	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said	Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “And later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1068	MRK	12	35	q6e4	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?	1	How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David?	Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1069	MRK	12	35	i6a4		υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the son of David	“a descendant of David”
1070	MRK	12	36	e1zq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ	1	David himself	This word himself refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1071	MRK	12	36	ejy2	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ	1	in the Holy Spirit	This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1072	MRK	12	36	dv7b	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord	Here David calls God The Lord and calls the Christ my Lord. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1073	MRK	12	36	v53p	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1074	MRK	12	36	mml8	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I may place your enemies under your feet	In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as placing them under his feet. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	MRK	12	37	ka5u		λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον	1	calls him ‘Lord,’	Here the word him refers to the Christ.
1076	MRK	12	37	rh2t	figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	and how is he his son?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1077	MRK	12	38	z649	figs-abstractnouns	ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	greetings in the marketplaces	The noun greetings can be expressed with the verb “greet.” Alternate translation: “for people to greet them in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1078	MRK	12	38	k31m	figs-explicit	ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	greetings in the marketplaces	These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “for people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1079	MRK	12	40	jtw4	figs-metaphor	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of the widows	Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of widows and stealing of their houses as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1080	MRK	12	40	j27b	figs-synecdoche	τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	the houses of the widows	The words widows and houses are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1081	MRK	12	40	qm52	figs-activepassive	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1082	MRK	12	40	h36x	figs-explicit	λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	will receive greater condemnation	The word greater implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1083	MRK	12	41	r69x			0	Connecting Statement:	Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow’s offering.
1084	MRK	12	41	p2kp		τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου	1	the temple offering box	This box, which everyone could use, was the place into which people gave offerings to the temple.
1085	MRK	12	42	g6ry	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	two mites	“two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1086	MRK	12	42	n29e		ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	are a quadrans	“are worth very little.” A quadrans is worth very little. Translate quadrans with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
1087	MRK	12	43	ipl1	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1088	MRK	12	43	n7su		προσκαλεσάμενος	1	having called	“when Jesus had called”
1089	MRK	12	43	q124		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1090	MRK	12	43	n8z5		πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς	1	all of those putting into	“all the other people who put money into”
1091	MRK	12	44	ui9a		τοῦ περισσεύοντος	1	abundance	much wealth, many valuable things
1092	MRK	12	44	l4tp		τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς	1	her poverty	“her lack” or “the little she had”
1093	MRK	12	44	p3as		τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	of her livelihood	“she had to survive on”
1094	MRK	13	intro	ti7d			0		Mark 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The return of Christ Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned (Mark 13:6-37). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
1095	MRK	13	1	rrv1			0	General Information:	As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
1096	MRK	13	1	ql81	figs-explicit	ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί	1	What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings	The stones refer to the stones that the buildings were built with. Alternate translation: “What wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	MRK	13	2	rez6	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον	1	Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here	This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone will be left stacked on top of another” or “You see these great buildings now, but not a single stone will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1098	MRK	13	2	zu46	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ	1	Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1099	MRK	13	2	xdhj	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ	1	Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1100	MRK	13	3	e913			0	Connecting Statement:	In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
1101	MRK	13	3	izt8	figs-explicit	καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος	1	And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter	It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: “And after arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1102	MRK	13	3	u7ju		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	when they were alone
1103	MRK	13	4	uf37	figs-explicit	πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα	1	when will these things be? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled	This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when will these things happen to the buildings of the temple, and what will be the sign that these things are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1104	MRK	13	4	lw1n		ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα	1	when all these things	“that all these things”
1105	MRK	13	5	fe42		λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	“to say to his disciples”
1106	MRK	13	5	u79c	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	may lead you astray	Here, lead you astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1107	MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	they will lead many astray	Here, will lead many astray is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1108	MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1109	MRK	13	6	l7f9		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	“I am the Christ”
1110	MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
1111	MRK	13	7	d1k9		ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	“but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
1112	MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This probably refers to the end of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1113	MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1114	MRK	13	8	e2ln	figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1115	MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the beginnings of birth pains	Jesus speaks of these disasters as the beginnings of birth pains because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1116	MRK	13	9	c2cl		βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς	1	But you, watch yourselves	“But be ready for what people will do to you”
1117	MRK	13	9	xsy1		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια	1	They will deliver you to councils	“They will take you and put you under the control of councils”
1118	MRK	13	9	zdp8	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεσθε	1	you will be beaten	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1119	MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1120	MRK	13	9	y6p6	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	This means the disciples will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and will testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1121	MRK	13	10	ruk9	figs-explicit	καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations	Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1122	MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	handing you over	Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1123	MRK	13	11	a9b6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	but the Holy Spirit	The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1124	MRK	13	12	py9u		παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	brother will deliver brother to death	“one brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
1125	MRK	13	12	g3jv	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν	1	brother … brother	These refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “people … their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1126	MRK	13	12	b9ux	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father, his child	The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1127	MRK	13	12	d0t9	figs-idiom	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father, his child	This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1128	MRK	13	12	r66s	figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	children will rise up against parents	This means that children will oppose their parents and betray them. Alternate translation: “children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1129	MRK	13	12	si65	figs-activepassive	θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	put them to death	This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1130	MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1131	MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Jesus uses the metonym my name to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1132	MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1133	MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, endures represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1134	MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	This could refer to: (1) the end of his life. (2) the end of that time of trouble.
1135	MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-metaphor	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1136	MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1137	MRK	13	14	ck7a	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1138	MRK	13	15	m1hq		ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	on the housetop	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat, and people could stand on them.
1139	MRK	13	16	y1e9	figs-ellipsis	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind	This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who is in the field should not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1140	MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1141	MRK	13	18	w47v		προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα	1	pray that	“pray that these times” or “pray that these things”
1142	MRK	13	18	w91r		χειμῶνος	1	in winter	“in the cold season” or “in the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
1143	MRK	13	19	e98e		οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη	1	such as these have not happened	“there has never been a worse time.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
1144	MRK	13	19	c5sz		οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	may certainly not happen	“there will never be days like these again” or “after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
1145	MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-explicit	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας	1	did not cut short the days	“did not shorten the time.” It may be helpful to specify which days are referred to. Alternate translation: “had not reduced the days of suffering” or “had not shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1146	MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	The word flesh refers to people, and saved refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1147	MRK	13	20	q8hm		διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	for the sake of the elect	“in order to help the elect”
1148	MRK	13	20	er43	figs-doublet	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο	1	the elect whom he chose	The phrase whom he chose means the same thing as the elect. Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1149	MRK	13	21	d9gr	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1150	MRK	13	22	n81i		ψευδόχριστοι	1	false Christs	“people who claim they are Christ”
1151	MRK	13	22	yw81		πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν	1	to deceive	“in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
1152	MRK	13	22	j198	figs-ellipsis	πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	to deceive, if possible, even the elect	The phrase even the elect implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1153	MRK	13	23	jq8p		ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε	1	But you, watch out	“Be watchful” or “Be alert”
1154	MRK	13	23	va6h	figs-explicit	προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα	1	I have told you everything beforehand	Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1155	MRK	13	24	zy2f	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1156	MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1157	MRK	13	25	z1sh	figs-explicit	οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες	1	the stars will be falling from the sky	This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1158	MRK	13	25	au6l	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1159	MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings.
1160	MRK	13	25	h5k1		ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	in the heavens	“in the sky”
1161	MRK	13	26	kl95		τότε ὄψονται	1	then they will see	“then people will see”
1162	MRK	13	26	h4z1		μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	with great power and glory	“powerfully and gloriously”
1163	MRK	13	27	a1z2	figs-metonymy	ἐπισυνάξει	1	he will gather together	The word he refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who will gather the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1164	MRK	13	27	vpb6	figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	the four winds	The whole earth is spoken of as the four winds, which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1165	MRK	13	27	u1vp	figs-merism	ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	from the end of the earth to the end of the sky	These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1166	MRK	13	28	c99s	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1167	MRK	13	28	u8ha		ἁπαλὸς	1	tender	“green and soft”
1168	MRK	13	28	q6yc	figs-personification	ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα	1	may put out its leaves	Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its leaves to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1169	MRK	13	28	z417		τὸ θέρος	1	summer	the warm part of the year or the growing season
1170	MRK	13	29	q53b	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1171	MRK	13	29	aul8		ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	“the Son of Man is near”
1172	MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the doors	This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1173	MRK	13	30	tg35		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1174	MRK	13	30	h72r	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will certainly not pass away	This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1175	MRK	13	30	t66q		μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα	1	until all these things	The phrase these things refers to the days of tribulation.
1176	MRK	13	31	k4zb	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Heaven and earth	The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1177	MRK	13	31	bjr8		παρελεύσονται	1	will pass away	“will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
1178	MRK	13	31	ah6w	figs-metaphor	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	my words will certainly not pass away	Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1179	MRK	13	32	km5z	figs-explicit	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας	1	that day or that hour	This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1180	MRK	13	32	btq5	figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, except the Father	These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1181	MRK	13	32	z3q9		οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	the angels in heaven	Here, heaven refers to the place where God lives.
1182	MRK	13	32	gwh2	figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	except the Father	It is best to translate Father with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1183	MRK	13	33	i43k	figs-explicit	πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν	1	what time it is	You can state this clearly what time refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1184	MRK	13	35	z7wi		ἢ ὀψὲ	1	whether evening	“he could return in the evening”
1185	MRK	13	35	s8j9		ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1	when the rooster crows	The rooster is a bird that crows very early in the morning by making a loud call.
1186	MRK	13	36	mh8t	figs-metaphor	εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας	1	he might find you sleeping	Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as sleeping. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1187	MRK	14	intro	uk36			0		Mark 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The eating of the body and blood Mark 14:22-25 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Abba, Father “Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (Mark 14:20). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1188	MRK	14	1	hwb4			0	Connecting Statement:	Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
1189	MRK	14	1	gd33		ἐν δόλῳ	1	by stealth	without people noticing
1190	MRK	14	2	em4q		ἔλεγον γάρ	1	For they were saying	The word they refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
1191	MRK	14	2	fk19	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the festival	This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the Passover festival. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1192	MRK	14	3	m95w			0	Connecting Statement:	Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
1193	MRK	14	3	bf84	translate-names	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon the leper	This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1194	MRK	14	3	sh4s		κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	as he is reclining at table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1195	MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This is a jar made from alabaster. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1196	MRK	14	3	fqa9	translate-unknown	μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1	of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard	“that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1197	MRK	14	3	tk9r		αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς	1	his head	“Jesus’ head”
1198	MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν?	1	For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened?	They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1199	MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1200	MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1201	MRK	14	5	ciyl	translate-numbers	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	“three hundred denarii.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1202	MRK	14	5	h62k	figs-nominaladj	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	The phrase the poor refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1203	MRK	14	5	k83q	figs-ellipsis	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1204	MRK	14	6	r9wt	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?	1	Why are you troubling her?	Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1205	MRK	14	7	tc3j	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1206	MRK	14	9	vr3w		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1207	MRK	14	9	ysc5	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	wherever the gospel may be preached	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1208	MRK	14	9	ljh1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται	1	what she has done will also be spoken of	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will speak about what this woman has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1209	MRK	14	10	pdm5			0	Connecting Statement:	After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
1210	MRK	14	10	z71f	figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1	so that he might betray him to them	Judas did not deliver Jesus to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1211	MRK	14	10	dq6r		αὐτὸν παραδοῖ	1	he might betray him	“he would bring Jesus to them so they could capture him”
1212	MRK	14	11	kzk1	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	But when they heard it	It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1213	MRK	14	12	bn76			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
1214	MRK	14	12	wpe7	figs-explicit	ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον	1	when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb	At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1215	MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Here the Passover refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1216	MRK	14	13	a7xg		κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1	bearing a pitcher of water	“carrying a large jar full of water”
1217	MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotations	ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”	This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1218	MRK	14	14	q3pn		τὸ κατάλυμά	1	guest room	a room for visitors
1219	MRK	14	15	x3zk	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν	1	make the preparations for us there	They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1220	MRK	14	16	sb35		ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples left	“the two disciples left”
1221	MRK	14	16	m339		καθὼς εἶπεν	1	just as he said	“just as Jesus had said”
1222	MRK	14	17	n7z4			0	Connecting Statement:	That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
1223	MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he came with the Twelve	It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1224	MRK	14	18	cwl8		ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν	1	as they were reclining at table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1225	MRK	14	18	dg95		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1226	MRK	14	19	v3a1		εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
1227	MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1228	MRK	14	20	b25j		εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	It is one of the Twelve	“He is one of the twelve of you”
1229	MRK	14	20	htn4		ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, dipping it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
1230	MRK	14	21	q5l3		ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him	Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
1231	MRK	14	21	ct78	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed	You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1232	MRK	14	22	y8j7		ἄρτον	1	bread	This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
1233	MRK	14	22	ula2	figs-explicit	ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1234	MRK	14	22	adb2	writing-symlanguage	λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Take this. This is my body	“Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1235	MRK	14	23	u6rc	figs-synecdoche	λαβὼν ποτήριον	1	having taken a cup	Here, cup is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1236	MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many	The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1237	MRK	14	24	hs24	writing-symlanguage	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	This is my blood	“This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1238	MRK	14	25	i9yk		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1239	MRK	14	25	t7ai		ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	from the fruit of the vine	“wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
1240	MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	This could mean: (1) it would happen again. (2) it would happen in a new way.
1241	MRK	14	26	l996		ὑμνήσαντες	1	having sung a hymn	A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
1242	MRK	14	27	pu4s		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
1243	MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1244	MRK	14	27	lze6		πατάξω	1	I will strike	“I will kill.” Here, I refers to God.
1245	MRK	14	27	w2az	figs-activepassive	τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται	1	the sheep will be scattered	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1246	MRK	14	28	lv2u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
1247	MRK	14	28	dm1q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθῆναί με	1	I am raised up	This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1248	MRK	14	28	qi4g	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	I am raised up	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1249	MRK	14	29	div5	figs-ellipsis	εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ	1	Even if all will fall away, yet not I	In the phrase yet not I, the words “fall away” are implied Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will not leave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1250	MRK	14	29	q9dq	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ	1	Even if all will fall away, yet not I	The implied phrase “yet I will not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1251	MRK	14	30	z2q9		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in Mark 3:28.
1252	MRK	14	30	i4g3		ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	the rooster crows	The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1253	MRK	14	30	um1m		σὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1	you will deny me	“you will say that you do not know me”
1254	MRK	14	31	y9el		ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν	1	Even if it is necessary for me to die with	“Even if I must die with”
1255	MRK	14	31	z9le		ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον	1	they all also were speaking in the same manner	This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
1256	MRK	14	32	ni66			0	Connecting Statement:	When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
1257	MRK	14	32	deg7		ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον	1	they come to a place	The word they refers to Jesus and his disciples.
1258	MRK	14	33	ps7u		ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι	1	to be distressed	to be overwhelmed with sorrow
1259	MRK	14	33	n279	figs-metaphor	ἀδημονεῖν	1	deeply troubled	The word deeply refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1260	MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	Jesus speaks of himself as his soul. Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1261	MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1262	MRK	14	34	a54k		γρηγορεῖτε	1	stay alert	The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
1263	MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it is possible	This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1264	MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-explicit	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Here, the hour refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1265	MRK	14	36	c11w	translate-transliterate	Ἀββά	1	Abba	a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1266	MRK	14	36	t9r2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1267	MRK	14	36	jk6a	figs-metonymy	παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Remove this cup from me	Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1268	MRK	14	36	ha77	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ	1	But not what I will, but what you will	Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1269	MRK	14	37	ja6d		εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας	1	finds them sleeping	The word them refers to Peter, James, and John.
1270	MRK	14	37	kp33	figs-rquestion	Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?	1	Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour?	Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1271	MRK	14	38	zrp4	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “so that you may not be tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1272	MRK	14	38	xk5y		τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
1273	MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ	1	The spirit … the flesh	These refer to two different aspects of Peter. Here, the spirit is his inmost desires and the flesh is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1274	MRK	14	39	l9nj		τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών	1	having said the same thing	“having prayed again what he prayed before”
1275	MRK	14	40	v49m		εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας	1	he found them sleeping	The word them refers to Peter, James, and John.
1276	MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-metaphor	ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were weighed down	Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having eyes that are weighed down. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1277	MRK	14	41	x7qd	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον	1	he comes the third time	Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a third time. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1278	MRK	14	41	lw7w	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε.	1	Are you still sleeping and resting?	Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1279	MRK	14	41	ae53		ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come	The time of Jesus’ suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
1280	MRK	14	41	msb2		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Listen”
1281	MRK	14	41	eg9m	figs-activepassive	παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1282	MRK	14	43	r9cp	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1283	MRK	14	43	nz4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
1284	MRK	14	44	bzj2		δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	And his betrayer	This refers to Judas.
1285	MRK	14	44	lsh3	figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν	1	he it is	This refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1286	MRK	14	45	tpd4		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	“Judas kissed him”
1287	MRK	14	46	y5qv	figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	laid hands on him and seized him	These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1288	MRK	14	47	m6b9		τῶν παρεστηκότων	1	of those standing by	“of the people who were standing nearby”
1289	MRK	14	48	gv6e		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering, Jesus said to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
1290	MRK	14	48	eq25	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Did you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to seize me?	Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1291	MRK	14	49	s63a		ἀλλ’ ἵνα	1	But so that	“But this has happened so that”
1292	MRK	14	50	gqz8		ἔφυγον πάντες	1	they all ran away	This refers to the disciples.
1293	MRK	14	51	y5yt		σινδόνα	1	a linen garment	a cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
1294	MRK	14	51	nag4		κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν	1	they seize him	“the men seized that man”
1295	MRK	14	52	eud7		ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα	1	but he, having left behind the linen garment	As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
1296	MRK	14	53	qu33			0	Connecting Statement:	After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
1297	MRK	14	53	s7t1		συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	all the chief priests, and the elders, and the scribes gather together	This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “all of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together”
1298	MRK	14	54	bzg7		καὶ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter.
1299	MRK	14	54	l5gl	figs-explicit	ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	as far as into the courtyard of the high priest	As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest’s courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he all the way to the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1300	MRK	14	54	x2g5	figs-explicit	ἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν	1	he was sitting with the guards	Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “he sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1301	MRK	14	55	w23n		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial.
1302	MRK	14	55	fu1l	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	to put him to death	They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “so they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1303	MRK	14	55	d9gn	figs-explicit	οὐχ ηὕρισκον	1	they were not finding any	They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1304	MRK	14	56	jpc7		ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν	1	their testimony was not the same	This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
1305	MRK	14	58	f82e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	We heard him saying	“We heard Jesus say.” The word We refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1306	MRK	14	58	e94y	figs-synecdoche	τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον	1	made with hands … made without hands	Here, hands refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1307	MRK	14	58	k1vs		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	“within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
1308	MRK	14	58	hm5e	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω	1	I will build another	The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “I will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1309	MRK	14	59	x6hk		οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν	1	not even in this manner was their testimony the same	“even then what they testified contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
1310	MRK	14	60	d7i8			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
1311	MRK	14	60	q2u1	figs-explicit	ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον	1	having stood up in their midst	Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood in their midst. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	MRK	14	60	af5e	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not answer at all? What are these testifying against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1313	MRK	14	61	x6ey	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	of the Blessed One	Here God is called the Blessed One. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1314	MRK	14	61	o27t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	It is best to translate Son with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1315	MRK	14	62	z5rv		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This likely has a double meaning: (1) Jesus said this to respond to the high priest’s question. (2) Jesus also said this to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
1316	MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	Here, power is a metonym that represents God. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1317	MRK	14	62	d5qm	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1318	MRK	14	62	z55c	figs-metaphor	ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	coming with the clouds of heaven	Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1319	MRK	14	63	jz48		διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	having torn his garments	The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage”
1320	MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	What need do we still have of witnesses?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1321	MRK	14	64	zwf9	figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	You heard the blasphemy	This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1322	MRK	14	64	fu4g		οἱ…πάντες	1	they all	all the people in the room
1323	MRK	14	65	y1s4		ἤρξαντό τινες	1	certain ones began	some of the people in the room started
1324	MRK	14	65	bj5e	figs-explicit	περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to cover his face	They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1325	MRK	14	65	gvq3	figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	Prophesy	They mocked him, asking him to tell them who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1326	MRK	14	65	y68i		οἱ ὑπηρέται	1	the officers	the men who guarded the governor’s house
1327	MRK	14	66	fj8d			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Jesus three times before the rooster crows.
1328	MRK	14	66	m8g8		κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ	1	below in the courtyard	“outside in the courtyard”
1329	MRK	14	66	t2mx	figs-explicit	μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	one of the servant girls of the high priest	The servant girls worked for the high priest. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1330	MRK	14	68	l5i1		ἠρνήσατο	1	denied it	This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
1331	MRK	14	68	d3ch	figs-doublet	οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις	1	Neither have I known nor do I understand what you are saying	Both have I known and I understand have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1332	MRK	14	69	l137		ἡ παιδίσκη	1	the servant girl	This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
1333	MRK	14	69	v5kr	figs-explicit	οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν	1	This one is from among them	The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “This one is one of Jesus’ disciples” or “This is one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1334	MRK	14	71	ce6r	figs-idiom	ἀναθεματίζειν	1	to curse	If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1335	MRK	14	72	i7u2		εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	immediately a rooster crowed	A rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1336	MRK	14	72	ja3e	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	Here, second is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1337	MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν	1	having broken down	This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1338	MRK	15	intro	d823			0		Mark 15 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “The curtain of the temple was split in two” The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Mark 15:46) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm Both by pretending to worship Jesus (Mark 15:19) and by pretending to speak to a king (Mark 15:18), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1339	MRK	15	1	mps2			0	Connecting Statement:	When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
1340	MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-metonymy	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	They commanded for Jesus to be bound, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and led him away. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1341	MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
1342	MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1343	MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	“were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
1344	MRK	15	4	c9uc		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν	1	But Pilate again was questioning him	“But Pilate asked Jesus again”
1345	MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?”
1346	MRK	15	4	pm6k		ἴδε	1	See	“Look at” or “Listen to” or “Pay attention to”
1347	MRK	15	5	way9		ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	so that Pilate was amazed	It surprised Pilate that Jesus did not reply and defend himself.
1348	MRK	15	6	ul5e			0	Connecting Statement:	Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead.
1349	MRK	15	6	ul19	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1350	MRK	15	7	fa7t		ἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος	1	And there was, bound with the rebels, one who was called Barabbas	“At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men”
1351	MRK	15	8	a4xb	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς	1	to request of him just as he usually did for them	This refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to ask him to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1352	MRK	15	10	i4ib	writing-background	ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	This is background information about why Jesus was handed over to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1353	MRK	15	10	u647	figs-explicit	διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	They chief priests envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1354	MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging the crowd as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1355	MRK	15	11	pvu6	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς	1	he would release Barabbas to them instead	They requested Pilate to release Barabbas instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: “he would release Barabbas instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1356	MRK	15	12	keq2			0	Connecting Statement:	The crowd asks for Jesus’ death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
1357	MRK	15	12	vlm3	figs-explicit	τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	What therefore should I do to the one you call the King of the Jews?	Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1358	MRK	15	14	e55i		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	But Pilate was saying to them	“But Pilate said to the crowd”
1359	MRK	15	15	qt8y		τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι	1	to do what was pleasing to the crowd	“to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
1360	MRK	15	15	fwg6		τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	Jesus, having flogged him	Pilate did not actually scourge Jesus, but rather his soldiers did.
1361	MRK	15	15	yzn5		φραγελλώσας	1	having flogged him	“having whipped him.” To flog is to beat with an especially painful whip.
1362	MRK	15	15	r9id	figs-activepassive	παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	handed over Jesus, having flogged him, so that he might be crucified	Pilate told his soldiers to take Jesus away to crucify him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1363	MRK	15	16	eg6x		τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον	1	the palace (that is, the Praetorium)	This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
1364	MRK	15	16	b5gs		ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole cohort of soldiers	“the whole unit of soldiers”
1365	MRK	15	17	tn33		ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν	1	They put a purple robe on him	Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
1366	MRK	15	17	xfk8		ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	a crown of thorns	“a crown made of thorny branches”
1367	MRK	15	18	ft1j	figs-irony	Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1368	MRK	15	19	gz3b		καλάμῳ	1	a reed	“a stick” or “a staff”
1369	MRK	15	19	a8a9	figs-metaphor	τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα	1	They knelt down	A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1370	MRK	15	21	cj4l		ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	they forced him to carry his cross	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
1371	MRK	15	21	s4j3		ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	from the country	“from outside the city”
1372	MRK	15	21	cyn6	writing-background	ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου	1	they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country	This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1373	MRK	15	21	rtz2	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου	1	Simon … Alexander … Rufus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1374	MRK	15	21	py16	translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	Cyrene	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1375	MRK	15	22	w6c7			0	Connecting Statement:	The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
1376	MRK	15	22	e49p	translate-names	Κρανίου Τόπος	1	Place of a Skull	“Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1377	MRK	15	22	m1dd		Κρανίου	1	of a Skull	A Skull is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
1378	MRK	15	23	e9xd	figs-explicit	ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον	1	wine having been mixed with myrrh	It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1379	MRK	15	25	q1ze	translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη	1	the third hour	Here, third here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1380	MRK	15	26	b84a		τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη	1	of the charge having been written against him	“of the crime they were accusing him of doing”
1381	MRK	15	27	mgf3	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ	1	one on his right, and one on his left	This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	MRK	15	29	v8nu	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1383	MRK	15	29	a7ft	figs-exclamations	οὐὰ	1	Aha!	This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1384	MRK	15	29	hy37	figs-explicit	ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	The one destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days	The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1385	MRK	15	31	n13x		ὁμοίως	1	In the same way	This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
1386	MRK	15	31	d5se		ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	mocking him to each other	“were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
1387	MRK	15	32	t1vm	figs-irony	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω	1	Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down	The leaders did not believe that Jesus is the Christ, the King of Israel. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1388	MRK	15	32	r6c4	figs-explicit	πιστεύσωμεν	1	might believe	The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1389	MRK	15	32	dcb9		ὠνείδιζον	1	were taunting	mocking, insulting
1390	MRK	15	33	zc37			0	Connecting Statement:	At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
1391	MRK	15	33	q1gh		ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	This refers to noon or 12 PM.
1392	MRK	15	33	jl1i	figs-metaphor	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness came over the whole land	Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1393	MRK	15	34	r6tj		τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	at the ninth hour	This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “at three o’clock in the afternoon” or “in the middle of the afternoon”
1394	MRK	15	34	ls1n	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani	These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1395	MRK	15	34	qw71		ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	is translated	“means”
1396	MRK	15	35	apg3	figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying	You can state this clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	MRK	15	36	a8qx		ὄξους	1	with sour wine	“with vinegar”
1398	MRK	15	36	un73		καλάμῳ	1	a reed	“a stick.” This was a staff made from a reed.
1399	MRK	15	36	yb55	figs-explicit	ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	was giving it to him to drink	“was giving it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1400	MRK	15	38	ni8j	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in two	Mark is showing that God himself split the curtain of the temple. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1401	MRK	15	39	lg4u		ὁ κεντυρίων	1	the centurion	This is the centurion who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
1402	MRK	15	39	y4wn		ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ	1	who had stood in front of him	“who stood in front of Jesus”
1403	MRK	15	39	t828		ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν	1	that he had breathed his last in this way	“how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
1404	MRK	15	39	nqv8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1405	MRK	15	40	i1ee		ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι	1	looking on from a distance	“watching from far away”
1406	MRK	15	40	zc9b		ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ	1	(the mother of James the younger and of Joses)	This can be written without the parentheses. Alternate translation: “who was the mother of James the younger and of Joses”
1407	MRK	15	40	p9xk		Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ	1	of James the younger	“of the younger James.” This man was referred to as the younger probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
1408	MRK	15	40	izn7	translate-names	Ἰωσῆ	1	of Joses	This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in Mark 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1409	MRK	15	40	tw5s	translate-names	Σαλώμη	1	Salome	Salome is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1410	MRK	15	41	j15z	writing-background	αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλαὶ αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	When he was in Galilee they were following him and serving him, and many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem	“When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him and served him, along with many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1411	MRK	15	41	a3qk		συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	who had come up with him to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
1412	MRK	15	42	lxm5			0	Connecting Statement:	Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
1413	MRK	15	42	ug97	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης	1	when evening had already come	Here, evening is spoken of as if it were something that is able to come from one place to another. Alternate translation: “when it had already become evening” or “when it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1414	MRK	15	43	xn8t	writing-participants	ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	Joseph who was from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, having come, he boldly went in to Pilate	The phrase having come refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1415	MRK	15	43	wgz8	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph who was from Arimathea	“Joseph from Arimathea.” Joseph is the name of a man, and Arimathea is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1416	MRK	15	43	u7ll	writing-background	εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God	This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1417	MRK	15	43	zm1u		τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	he boldly went in to Pilate	“he boldly went to Pilate” or “he boldly went in to where Pilate was”
1418	MRK	15	43	zvw4	figs-explicit	ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	asked for the body of Jesus	You can state this clearly that he wanted to get the body so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1419	MRK	15	44	z3gl	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα	1	But Pilate was wondering if he had already died, and having called the centurion	Pilate heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked the centurion if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so calling the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1420	MRK	15	45	v5ys		ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	he gave the body to Joseph	“he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body”
1421	MRK	15	46	g4c9		σινδόνα	1	a linen cloth	Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in Mark 14:51.
1422	MRK	15	46	eb9h	figs-metonymy	καθελὼν αὐτὸν…προσεκύλισεν λίθον	1	having taken him down … he rolled a stone	You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “after he and others took him down … they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1423	MRK	15	46	g9hf	figs-activepassive	μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας	1	a tomb that had been cut from a rock	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1424	MRK	15	46	bw4k		λίθον ἐπὶ	1	a stone against	“a huge flat stone in front of”
1425	MRK	15	47	m782	translate-names	Ἰωσῆτος	1	of Joses	This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in Mark 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1426	MRK	15	47	v3wu	figs-activepassive	ποῦ τέθειται	1	where he was laid	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1427	MRK	16	intro	j5yz			0		Mark 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Mark 15:46) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter A young man dressed in a white robe Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
1428	MRK	16	1	cw1b			0	Connecting Statement:	On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
1429	MRK	16	1	p61n		καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	And the Sabbath having passed	That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
1430	MRK	16	4	kld9	figs-activepassive	ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος	1	the stone had been rolled away	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1431	MRK	16	6	x9m8	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	He has been raised!	The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])